├── .cvsignore
├── .gitignore
├── Makefile
├── README.md
├── gc
    ├── aesndlib.h
    ├── asndlib.h
    ├── bte
    │   ├── bd_addr.h
    │   └── bte.h
    ├── debug.h
    ├── di
    │   └── di.h
    ├── gccore.h
    ├── gcmodplay.h
    ├── gctypes.h
    ├── gcutil.h
    ├── ipv4
    │   └── lwip
    │   │   ├── icmp.h
    │   │   ├── inet.h
    │   │   ├── ip.h
    │   │   ├── ip_addr.h
    │   │   └── ip_frag.h
    ├── iso9660.h
    ├── lwip
    │   ├── api.h
    │   ├── api_msg.h
    │   ├── arch.h
    │   ├── debug.h
    │   ├── def.h
    │   ├── dhcp.h
    │   ├── err.h
    │   ├── lwipopts.h
    │   ├── mem.h
    │   ├── memp.h
    │   ├── netif.h
    │   ├── opt.h
    │   ├── pbuf.h
    │   ├── raw.h
    │   ├── sio.h
    │   ├── snmp.h
    │   ├── sockets.h
    │   ├── stats.h
    │   ├── sys.h
    │   ├── tcp.h
    │   ├── tcpip.h
    │   └── udp.h
    ├── mad.h
    ├── modplay
    │   ├── defines.h
    │   ├── freqtab.h
    │   ├── mixer.h
    │   ├── modplay.h
    │   └── semitonetab.h
    ├── mp3player.h
    ├── netif
    │   ├── arch
    │   │   ├── cc.h
    │   │   ├── cpu.h
    │   │   ├── init.h
    │   │   ├── lib.h
    │   │   ├── perf.h
    │   │   └── sys_arch.h
    │   ├── etharp.h
    │   ├── gcif
    │   │   └── gcif.h
    │   └── loopif.h
    ├── network.h
    ├── ogc
    │   ├── aram.h
    │   ├── arqmgr.h
    │   ├── arqueue.h
    │   ├── audio.h
    │   ├── cache.h
    │   ├── card.h
    │   ├── cast.h
    │   ├── chain.h
    │   ├── color.h
    │   ├── cond.h
    │   ├── conf.h
    │   ├── consol.h
    │   ├── context.h
    │   ├── coremsg.h
    │   ├── coremutex.h
    │   ├── coresem.h
    │   ├── disc_io.h
    │   ├── dsp.h
    │   ├── dvd.h
    │   ├── es.h
    │   ├── exi.h
    │   ├── gu.h
    │   ├── gx.h
    │   ├── gx_struct.h
    │   ├── heap.h
    │   ├── ios.h
    │   ├── ipc.h
    │   ├── irq.h
    │   ├── isfs.h
    │   ├── libversion.h
    │   ├── lwp.h
    │   ├── lwp_config.h
    │   ├── machine
    │   │   ├── asm.h
    │   │   ├── processor.h
    │   │   └── spinlock.h
    │   ├── message.h
    │   ├── mutex.h
    │   ├── object.h
    │   ├── pad.h
    │   ├── priority.h
    │   ├── semaphore.h
    │   ├── si.h
    │   ├── stack.h
    │   ├── states.h
    │   ├── stm.h
    │   ├── sysstate.h
    │   ├── system.h
    │   ├── texconv.h
    │   ├── thread.h
    │   ├── threadq.h
    │   ├── tpl.h
    │   ├── tqdata.h
    │   ├── usb.h
    │   ├── usbgecko.h
    │   ├── usbmouse.h
    │   ├── usbstorage.h
    │   ├── video.h
    │   ├── video_types.h
    │   ├── watchdog.h
    │   ├── wiilaunch.h
    │   └── wkspace.h
    ├── ogcsys.h
    ├── samplerate.h
    ├── sdcard
    │   ├── card_buf.h
    │   ├── card_cmn.h
    │   ├── card_io.h
    │   ├── gcsd.h
    │   └── wiisd_io.h
    ├── smb.h
    ├── wiikeyboard
    │   ├── keyboard.h
    │   ├── usbkeyboard.h
    │   └── wsksymdef.h
    └── wiiuse
    │   ├── wiiuse.h
    │   └── wpad.h
├── gcsdk.dsp
├── gcsdk.dsw
├── gcsdk.vcproj
├── libaesnd
    ├── aesndlib.c
    ├── dspcode
    │   └── dspmixer.s
    └── dspmixer.h
├── libasnd
    ├── asndlib.c
    ├── dsp_mixer.h
    └── dsp_mixer
    │   └── dsp_mixer.s
├── libdb
    ├── debug.c
    ├── debug_handler.S
    ├── debug_if.h
    ├── debug_supp.c
    ├── debug_supp.h
    ├── geckousb.c
    ├── geckousb.h
    ├── tcpip.c
    ├── tcpip.h
    └── uIP
    │   ├── bba.c
    │   ├── bba.h
    │   ├── memb.c
    │   ├── memb.h
    │   ├── memr.c
    │   ├── memr.h
    │   ├── uip.h
    │   ├── uip_arch.c
    │   ├── uip_arch.h
    │   ├── uip_arp.c
    │   ├── uip_arp.h
    │   ├── uip_icmp.c
    │   ├── uip_icmp.h
    │   ├── uip_ip.c
    │   ├── uip_ip.h
    │   ├── uip_netif.c
    │   ├── uip_netif.h
    │   ├── uip_pbuf.c
    │   ├── uip_pbuf.h
    │   ├── uip_tcp.c
    │   ├── uip_tcp.h
    │   └── uipopt.h
├── libdi
    ├── README
    └── di.c
├── libiso9660
    └── iso9660.c
├── libmad
    ├── D.dat
    ├── bit.c
    ├── bit.h
    ├── config.h
    ├── decoder.c
    ├── decoder.h
    ├── fixed.c
    ├── fixed.h
    ├── frame.c
    ├── frame.h
    ├── global.h
    ├── huffman.c
    ├── huffman.h
    ├── imdct_s.dat
    ├── layer12.c
    ├── layer12.h
    ├── layer3.c
    ├── layer3.h
    ├── mp3player.c
    ├── qc_table.dat
    ├── rq_table.dat
    ├── sf_table.dat
    ├── stream.c
    ├── stream.h
    ├── synth.c
    ├── synth.h
    ├── timer.c
    ├── timer.h
    ├── version.c
    └── version.h
├── libmodplay
    ├── freqtab.c
    ├── gcmodplay.c
    ├── mixer.c
    ├── modplay.c
    └── semitonetab.c
├── libogc.dox
├── libogc.prj
├── libogc
    ├── aram.c
    ├── argv.c
    ├── arqmgr.c
    ├── arqueue.c
    ├── audio.c
    ├── cache.c
    ├── cache_asm.S
    ├── card.c
    ├── chain.c
    ├── chain.inl
    ├── cond.c
    ├── conf.c
    ├── console.c
    ├── console.h
    ├── console_font_8x16.c
    ├── coremsg.c
    ├── coremsg.inl
    ├── coremutex.c
    ├── coremutex.inl
    ├── coresem.c
    ├── coresem.inl
    ├── cpu_asm.S
    ├── decrementer.c
    ├── decrementer_handler.S
    ├── depackrnc.S
    ├── depackrnc1.c
    ├── dsp.c
    ├── dvd.c
    ├── es.c
    ├── exception.c
    ├── exception_handler.S
    ├── exi.c
    ├── exinit.c
    ├── gcsd.c
    ├── gu.c
    ├── gu_psasm.S
    ├── gx.c
    ├── gx_regdef.h
    ├── heap.c
    ├── heap.inl
    ├── ios.c
    ├── ipc.c
    ├── irq.c
    ├── irq_handler.S
    ├── isfs.c
    ├── kprintf.c
    ├── lock_supp.c
    ├── lwp.c
    ├── lwp_stack.c
    ├── malloc_lock.c
    ├── message.c
    ├── mutex.c
    ├── network_common.c
    ├── network_wii.c
    ├── newlibc.c
    ├── object.c
    ├── object.inl
    ├── ogc_crt0.S
    ├── pad.c
    ├── priority.inl
    ├── sbrk.c
    ├── sdgecko_buf.c
    ├── sdgecko_io.c
    ├── semaphore.c
    ├── si.c
    ├── stack.inl
    ├── states.inl
    ├── stm.c
    ├── sys_state.c
    ├── sysstate.inl
    ├── system.c
    ├── system_asm.S
    ├── texconv.c
    ├── thread.c
    ├── thread.inl
    ├── threadq.c
    ├── timesupp.c
    ├── timesupp.h
    ├── tpl.c
    ├── tqdata.inl
    ├── usb.c
    ├── usbgecko.c
    ├── usbmouse.c
    ├── usbstorage.c
    ├── video.c
    ├── video_asm.S
    ├── watchdog.c
    ├── watchdog.inl
    ├── wiilaunch.c
    ├── wiisd.c
    ├── wkspace.c
    └── wkspace.inl
├── libogc_license.txt
├── libtinysmb
    ├── des.c
    ├── md4.c
    ├── ntlm.c
    ├── smb.c
    └── smb_devoptab.c
├── libwiikeyboard
    ├── keyboard.c
    ├── ukbdmap.c
    ├── usbkeyboard.c
    ├── wskbdutil.c
    └── wsksymvar.h
├── lwbt
    ├── bt.h
    ├── btarch.h
    ├── bte.c
    ├── btmemb.c
    ├── btmemb.h
    ├── btmemr.c
    ├── btmemr.h
    ├── btopt.h
    ├── btpbuf.c
    ├── btpbuf.h
    ├── hci.c
    ├── hci.h
    ├── l2cap.c
    ├── l2cap.h
    ├── physbusif.c
    └── physbusif.h
├── lwip
    ├── arch
    │   └── gc
    │   │   └── netif
    │   │       └── gcif.c
    ├── core
    │   ├── dhcp.c
    │   ├── inet.c
    │   ├── inet6.c
    │   ├── ipv4
    │   │   ├── icmp.c
    │   │   ├── ip.c
    │   │   ├── ip_addr.c
    │   │   └── ip_frag.c
    │   ├── mem.c
    │   ├── memp.c
    │   ├── netif.c
    │   ├── pbuf.c
    │   ├── raw.c
    │   ├── stats.c
    │   ├── sys.c
    │   ├── tcp.c
    │   ├── tcp_in.c
    │   ├── tcp_out.c
    │   └── udp.c
    ├── netif
    │   ├── etharp.c
    │   ├── loopif.c
    │   └── skeleton
    │   │   ├── ethernetif.c
    │   │   └── slipif.c
    ├── netio.c
    └── network.c
└── wiiuse
    ├── classic.c
    ├── classic.h
    ├── definitions.h
    ├── dynamics.c
    ├── dynamics.h
    ├── events.c
    ├── events.h
    ├── guitar_hero_3.c
    ├── guitar_hero_3.h
    ├── io.c
    ├── io.h
    ├── io_wii.c
    ├── ir.c
    ├── ir.h
    ├── license_libogc.txt
    ├── motion_plus.c
    ├── motion_plus.h
    ├── nunchuk.c
    ├── nunchuk.h
    ├── os.h
    ├── speaker.c
    ├── speaker.h
    ├── wiiboard.c
    ├── wiiboard.h
    ├── wiiuse.c
    ├── wiiuse_internal.h
    └── wpad.c


/.cvsignore:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | build
2 | 
3 | deps
4 | 
5 | lib
6 | 
7 | include


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/.gitignore:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | cube
 2 | deps
 3 | include
 4 | lib
 5 | wii
 6 | gc/ogc/libversion.h
 7 | *.bz2
 8 | docs
 9 | warn.log
10 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/README.md:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | # libOGC is actually RTEMS source code
 2 | 
 3 | ## RTEMS branch
 4 | 
 5 | This is what "libOGC" would have looked like if shagkur and Dave Murphy (a. k. a. WinterMute / WntrMute)
 6 | hadn't chosen to rename and / or remove:
 7 | 
 8 |   - function names
 9 |   - function members
10 |   - variable names
11 |   - preprocessor definitions
12 |   - original source code file headers
13 |   - file names
14 |   - whitespace
15 | 
16 | This repository (branch) basically is "libOGC" as of v1.8.12 without all those changes mentioned above and
17 | the file headers restored as well after some Google search turned out that there are code similarities
18 | between "libOGC" and some older RTEMS commits which then finally made things clear:
19 | 
20 | At least half of the "libOGC" source code is actually RTEMS source code - nothing more, nothing less
21 | (without itself giving any credits to the original developers due to removing the original file headers).
22 | 
23 | How disgusting...
24 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/aesndlib.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __AESNDLIB_H__
 2 | #define __AESNDLIB_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #include <gctypes.h>
 5 | 
 6 | #define MAX_VOICES				32
 7 | #define SND_BUFFERSIZE			384				// output 2ms sound data at 48KHz
 8 | #define	DSP_STREAMBUFFER_SIZE	1152			// input 2ms sound data at max. 144KHz
 9 | 
10 | #if defined(HW_DOL)
11 | 	#define DSP_DEFAULT_FREQ	48044
12 | #elif defined(HW_RVL)
13 | 	#define DSP_DEFAULT_FREQ	48000
14 | #endif
15 | 
16 | #define VOICE_STATE_STOPPED		0
17 | #define VOICE_STATE_RUNNING		1
18 | #define VOICE_STATE_STREAM		2
19 | 
20 | #define VOICE_MONO8				0x00000000
21 | #define VOICE_STEREO8			0x00000001
22 | #define VOICE_MONO16			0x00000002
23 | #define VOICE_STEREO16			0x00000003
24 | 
25 | #define VOICE_FREQ32KHZ			32000
26 | #define VOICE_FREQ48KHZ			48000
27 | 
28 | #ifdef __cplusplus
29 | 	extern "C" {
30 | #endif
31 | 
32 | typedef struct aesndpb_t AESNDPB;
33 | 
34 | typedef void (*AESNDVoiceCallback)(AESNDPB *pb,u32 state);
35 | typedef void (*AESNDAudioCallback)(void *audio_buffer,u32 len);
36 | 
37 | void AESND_Init();
38 | void AESND_Reset();
39 | void AESND_Pause(bool pause);
40 | u32 AESND_GetDSPProcessTime();
41 | f32 AESND_GetDSPProcessUsage();
42 | AESNDAudioCallback AESND_RegisterAudioCallback(AESNDAudioCallback cb);
43 | 
44 | AESNDPB* AESND_AllocateVoice(AESNDVoiceCallback cb);
45 | void AESND_FreeVoice(AESNDPB *pb);
46 | void AESND_SetVoiceStop(AESNDPB *pb,bool stop);
47 | void AESND_SetVoiceMute(AESNDPB *pb,bool mute);
48 | void AESND_SetVoiceLoop(AESNDPB *pb,bool loop);
49 | void AESND_SetVoiceFormat(AESNDPB *pb,u32 format);
50 | void AESND_SetVoiceStream(AESNDPB *pb,bool stream);
51 | void AESND_SetVoiceFrequency(AESNDPB *pb,u32 freq);
52 | void AESND_SetVoiceVolume(AESNDPB *pb,u16 volume_l,u16 volume_r);
53 | void AESND_SetVoiceBuffer(AESNDPB *pb,const void *buffer,u32 len);
54 | void AESND_PlayVoice(AESNDPB *pb,u32 format,const void *buffer,u32 len,u32 freq,u32 delay,bool looped);
55 | AESNDVoiceCallback AESND_RegisterVoiceCallback(AESNDPB *pb,AESNDVoiceCallback cb);
56 | 
57 | #ifdef __cplusplus
58 | 	}
59 | #endif
60 | 
61 | #endif
62 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/debug.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __DEBUG_H__
 2 | #define __DEBUG_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #include <gctypes.h>
 5 | 
 6 | #define GDBSTUB_DEVICE_USB		0			/*!< device type: USBGecko */
 7 | #define GDBSTUB_DEVICE_TCP		1			/*!< device type: BBA-TCP */
 8 | 
 9 | #define GDBSTUB_DEF_CHANNEL		0			/*!< default EXI channel. channel can be 0 or 1. Note: Used for device type USBGecko  */
10 | #define GDBSTUB_DEF_TCPPORT		2828		/*!< default TCP port. Note: Used for device type TCP */
11 | 
12 | #ifdef __cplusplus
13 | 	extern "C" {
14 | #endif
15 | 
16 | extern const char *tcp_localip;
17 | extern const char *tcp_netmask;
18 | extern const char *tcp_gateway;
19 | 
20 | 
21 | /*!\fn void _break()
22 |  * \brief Stub function to insert the hardware break instruction. This function is used to enter the debug stub and to
23 |  *        connect with the host. The developer is free to insert this function at any position in project's source code.
24 |  *
25 |  * \return none.
26 |  */
27 | void _break();	
28 | 
29 | 
30 | /*!\fn void DEBUG_Init(s32 device_type,s32 channel_port)
31 |  * \brief Performs the initialization of the debug stub.
32 |  * \param[in] device_type type of device to use. can be either USB or TCP.
33 |  * \param[in] channel_port depending on the used device this can be either the EXI channel or the TCP port.
34 |  *
35 |  * \return none.
36 |  */
37 | void DEBUG_Init(s32 device_type,s32 channel_port);
38 | 
39 | #ifdef __cplusplus
40 | 	}
41 | #endif
42 | 
43 | #endif
44 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/gcmodplay.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __GCMODPLAY_H__
 2 | #define __GCMODPLAY_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #include <gctypes.h>
 5 | #include "modplay/modplay.h"
 6 | 
 7 | #ifdef __cplusplus
 8 |    extern "C" {
 9 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
10 | 
11 | typedef struct _modsndbuf {
12 | 	u32 freq;
13 | 	u16 fmt;
14 | 	u32 chans;
15 | 	f32 samples;
16 | 	void *usr_data;
17 | 	void (*callback)(void *,u8 *,u32);
18 | } MODSNDBUF;
19 | 
20 | typedef struct _modplay {
21 | 	MOD mod;
22 | 	BOOL playing,paused;
23 | 	BOOL bits,stereo,manual_polling;
24 | 	u32 playfreq,numSFXChans;
25 | 	MODSNDBUF soundBuf;
26 | } MODPlay;
27 | 
28 | void MODPlay_Init(MODPlay *mod);
29 | s32 MODPlay_SetFrequency(MODPlay *mod,u32 freq);
30 | void MODPlay_SetStereo(MODPlay *mod,BOOL stereo);
31 | s32 MODPlay_SetMOD(MODPlay *mod,const void *mem);
32 | void MODPlay_Unload(MODPlay *mod);
33 | s32 MODPlay_AllocSFXChannels(MODPlay *mod,u32 sfxchans);
34 | s32 MODPlay_Start(MODPlay *mod);
35 | s32 MODPlay_Stop(MODPlay *mod);
36 | s32 MODPlay_TriggerNote(MODPlay *mod,u32 chan,u8 inst,u16 freq,u8 vol);
37 | s32 MODPlay_Pause(MODPlay *mod,BOOL);
38 | void MODPlay_SetVolume(MODPlay * mod, s32 musicvolume, s32 sfxvolume);
39 | 
40 | #ifdef __cplusplus
41 |    }
42 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
43 | 
44 | #endif
45 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/gcutil.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __GCUTIL_H__
 2 | #define __GCUTIL_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #ifndef ATTRIBUTE_ALIGN
 5 | # define ATTRIBUTE_ALIGN(v)					__attribute__((aligned(v)))
 6 | #endif
 7 | #ifndef ATTRIBUTE_PACKED
 8 | # define ATTRIBUTE_PACKED					__attribute__((packed))
 9 | #endif
10 | 
11 | #endif /* _GCUTIL_H */
12 | 
13 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/ipv4/lwip/ip_frag.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
 3 |  * All rights reserved. 
 4 |  * 
 5 |  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, 
 6 |  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 7 |  *
 8 |  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
 9 |  *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
10 |  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
11 |  *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
12 |  *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
13 |  * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
14 |  *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission. 
15 |  *
16 |  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED 
17 |  * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
18 |  * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT 
19 |  * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, 
20 |  * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT 
21 |  * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS 
22 |  * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN 
23 |  * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING 
24 |  * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY 
25 |  * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
26 |  *
27 |  * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
28 |  * 
29 |  * Author: Jani Monoses <jani@iv.ro>
30 |  *
31 |  */
32 | 
33 | #ifndef __LWIP_IP_FRAG_H__
34 | #define __LWIP_IP_FRAG_H__
35 | 
36 | #include "lwip/err.h"
37 | #include "lwip/pbuf.h"
38 | #include "lwip/netif.h"
39 | #include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
40 | 
41 | void ip_reass_tmr(void);
42 | struct pbuf * ip_reass(struct pbuf *p);
43 | err_t ip_frag(struct pbuf *p, struct netif *netif, struct ip_addr *dest);
44 | 
45 | #endif /* __LWIP_IP_FRAG_H__ */
46 | 
47 | 
48 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/iso9660.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /****************************************************************************
 2 |  * ISO9660 devoptab
 3 |  * 
 4 |  * Copyright (C) 2008-2010
 5 |  * tipoloski, clava, shagkur, Tantric, joedj
 6 |  ****************************************************************************/
 7 | 
 8 | #ifndef __ISO9660_H__
 9 | #define __ISO9660_H__
10 | 
11 | #include <gctypes.h>
12 | 
13 | #define ISO_MAXPATHLEN		128
14 | 
15 | #ifdef __cplusplus
16 | extern "C" {
17 | #endif
18 | 
19 | bool ISO9660_Mount(const char* name, const DISC_INTERFACE* disc_interface);
20 | bool ISO9660_Unmount(const char* name);
21 | const char *ISO9660_GetVolumeLabel(const char *name);
22 | 
23 | #ifdef __cplusplus
24 | }
25 | #endif
26 | 
27 | #endif
28 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/lwip/api_msg.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
 3 |  * All rights reserved. 
 4 |  * 
 5 |  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, 
 6 |  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 7 |  *
 8 |  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
 9 |  *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
10 |  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
11 |  *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
12 |  *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
13 |  * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
14 |  *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission. 
15 |  *
16 |  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED 
17 |  * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
18 |  * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT 
19 |  * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, 
20 |  * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT 
21 |  * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS 
22 |  * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN 
23 |  * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING 
24 |  * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY 
25 |  * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
26 |  *
27 |  * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
28 |  * 
29 |  * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
30 |  *
31 |  */
32 | #ifndef __LWIP_API_MSG_H__
33 | #define __LWIP_API_MSG_H__
34 | 
35 | #include "lwip/opt.h"
36 | #include "lwip/pbuf.h"
37 | #include "lwip/sys.h"
38 | 
39 | #include "lwip/ip.h"
40 | 
41 | #include "lwip/udp.h"
42 | #include "lwip/tcp.h"
43 | 
44 | #include "lwip/api.h"
45 | 
46 | enum apimsg_type {
47 | 	APIMSG_NEWCONN,
48 | 	APIMSG_DELCONN,
49 | 	APIMSG_BIND,
50 | 	APIMSG_CONNECT,
51 | 	APIMSG_DISCONNECT,
52 | 	APIMSG_LISTEN,
53 | 	APIMSG_ACCEPT,
54 | 	APIMSG_SEND,
55 | 	APIMSG_RECV,
56 | 	APIMSG_WRITE,
57 | 	APIMSG_CLOSE,
58 | 	APIMSG_MAX
59 | };
60 | 
61 | struct apimsg_msg {
62 | 	struct netconn *conn;
63 | 	enum netconn_type type;
64 | 	union {
65 | 		struct pbuf *p;
66 | 		struct {
67 | 			struct ip_addr *ipaddr;
68 | 			u16 port;
69 | 		} bc;
70 | 		struct {
71 | 			void *dataptr;
72 | 			u32 len;
73 | 			u8 copy;
74 | 		} w;
75 | 		sys_mbox mbox;
76 | 		u16 len;
77 | 	} msg;
78 | };
79 | 
80 | struct api_msg {
81 | 	enum apimsg_type type;
82 | 	struct apimsg_msg msg;
83 | };
84 | 
85 | #endif /* __LWIP_API_MSG_H__ */
86 | 
87 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/lwip/def.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
 3 |  * All rights reserved. 
 4 |  * 
 5 |  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, 
 6 |  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 7 |  *
 8 |  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
 9 |  *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
10 |  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
11 |  *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
12 |  *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
13 |  * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
14 |  *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission. 
15 |  *
16 |  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED 
17 |  * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
18 |  * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT 
19 |  * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, 
20 |  * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT 
21 |  * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS 
22 |  * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN 
23 |  * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING 
24 |  * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY 
25 |  * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
26 |  *
27 |  * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
28 |  * 
29 |  * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
30 |  *
31 |  */
32 | #ifndef __LWIP_DEF_H__
33 | #define __LWIP_DEF_H__
34 | 
35 | /* this might define NULL already */
36 | #include "arch/cc.h"
37 | 
38 | #define LWIP_MAX(x , y)  (x) > (y) ? (x) : (y)
39 | #define LWIP_MIN(x , y)  (x) < (y) ? (x) : (y)
40 | 
41 | #ifndef NULL
42 | #define NULL ((void *)0)
43 | #endif
44 | 
45 | 
46 | #endif /* __LWIP_DEF_H__ */
47 | 
48 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/lwip/err.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
 3 |  * All rights reserved. 
 4 |  * 
 5 |  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, 
 6 |  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 7 |  *
 8 |  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
 9 |  *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
10 |  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
11 |  *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
12 |  *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
13 |  * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
14 |  *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission. 
15 |  *
16 |  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED 
17 |  * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
18 |  * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT 
19 |  * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, 
20 |  * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT 
21 |  * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS 
22 |  * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN 
23 |  * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING 
24 |  * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY 
25 |  * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
26 |  *
27 |  * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
28 |  * 
29 |  * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
30 |  *
31 |  */
32 | #ifndef __LWIP_ERR_H__
33 | #define __LWIP_ERR_H__
34 | 
35 | #include "lwip/opt.h"
36 | 
37 | #include "arch/cc.h"
38 | 
39 | typedef s8_t err_t;
40 | 
41 | /* Definitions for error constants. */
42 | 
43 | #define ERR_OK    0      /* No error, everything OK. */
44 | #define ERR_MEM  -1      /* Out of memory error.     */
45 | #define ERR_BUF  -2      /* Buffer error.            */
46 | 
47 | 
48 | #define ERR_ABRT -3      /* Connection aborted.      */
49 | #define ERR_RST  -4      /* Connection reset.        */
50 | #define ERR_CLSD -5      /* Connection closed.       */
51 | #define ERR_CONN -6      /* Not connected.           */
52 | 
53 | #define ERR_VAL  -7      /* Illegal value.           */
54 | 
55 | #define ERR_ARG  -8      /* Illegal argument.        */
56 | 
57 | #define ERR_RTE  -9      /* Routing problem.         */
58 | 
59 | #define ERR_USE  -10     /* Address in use.          */
60 | 
61 | #define ERR_IF   -11     /* Low-level netif error    */
62 | #define ERR_ISCONN -12   /* Already connected.       */
63 | 
64 | 
65 | #ifdef LWIP_DEBUG
66 | extern char *lwip_strerr(err_t err);
67 | #else
68 | #define lwip_strerr(x) ""
69 | #endif /* LWIP_DEBUG */
70 | #endif /* __LWIP_ERR_H__ */
71 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/lwip/mem.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
 3 |  * All rights reserved. 
 4 |  * 
 5 |  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, 
 6 |  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 7 |  *
 8 |  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
 9 |  *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
10 |  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
11 |  *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
12 |  *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
13 |  * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
14 |  *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission. 
15 |  *
16 |  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED 
17 |  * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
18 |  * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT 
19 |  * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, 
20 |  * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT 
21 |  * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS 
22 |  * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN 
23 |  * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING 
24 |  * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY 
25 |  * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
26 |  *
27 |  * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
28 |  * 
29 |  * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
30 |  *
31 |  */
32 | #ifndef __LWIP_MEM_H__
33 | #define __LWIP_MEM_H__
34 | 
35 | #include "lwip/opt.h"
36 | #include "lwip/arch.h"
37 | 
38 | #if MEM_SIZE > 64000l
39 | typedef u32_t mem_size_t;
40 | #else
41 | typedef u16_t mem_size_t;
42 | #endif /* MEM_SIZE > 64000 */
43 | 
44 | 
45 | void mem_init(void);
46 | 
47 | void *mem_malloc(mem_size_t size);
48 | void mem_free(void *mem);
49 | void *mem_realloc(void *mem, mem_size_t size);
50 | void *mem_reallocm(void *mem, mem_size_t size);
51 | 
52 | #ifndef MEM_ALIGN_SIZE
53 | #define MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(size) (((size) + MEM_ALIGNMENT - 1) & ~(MEM_ALIGNMENT-1))
54 | #endif
55 | 
56 | #ifndef MEM_ALIGN
57 | #define MEM_ALIGN(addr) ((void *)(((mem_ptr_t)(addr) + MEM_ALIGNMENT - 1) & ~(mem_ptr_t)(MEM_ALIGNMENT-1)))
58 | #endif
59 | 
60 | #endif /* __LWIP_MEM_H__ */
61 | 
62 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/lwip/memp.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
 3 |  * All rights reserved. 
 4 |  * 
 5 |  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, 
 6 |  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 7 |  *
 8 |  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
 9 |  *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
10 |  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
11 |  *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
12 |  *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
13 |  * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
14 |  *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission. 
15 |  *
16 |  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED 
17 |  * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
18 |  * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT 
19 |  * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, 
20 |  * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT 
21 |  * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS 
22 |  * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN 
23 |  * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING 
24 |  * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY 
25 |  * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
26 |  *
27 |  * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
28 |  * 
29 |  * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
30 |  *
31 |  */
32 | 
33 | #ifndef __LWIP_MEMP_H__
34 | #define __LWIP_MEMP_H__
35 | 
36 | #include "lwip/opt.h"
37 | 
38 | typedef enum {
39 |   MEMP_PBUF,
40 |   MEMP_RAW_PCB,
41 |   MEMP_UDP_PCB,
42 |   MEMP_TCP_PCB,
43 |   MEMP_TCP_PCB_LISTEN,
44 |   MEMP_TCP_SEG,
45 | 
46 |   MEMP_NETBUF,
47 |   MEMP_NETCONN,
48 |   MEMP_API_MSG,
49 |   MEMP_TCPIP_MSG,
50 | 
51 |   MEMP_SYS_TIMEOUT,
52 |   
53 |   MEMP_MAX
54 | } memp_t;
55 | 
56 | void memp_init(void);
57 | 
58 | void *memp_malloc(memp_t type);
59 | void *memp_realloc(memp_t fromtype, memp_t totype, void *mem);
60 | void memp_free(memp_t type, void *mem);
61 | 
62 | #endif /* __LWIP_MEMP_H__  */
63 |     
64 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/lwip/sio.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
 3 |  * All rights reserved. 
 4 |  * 
 5 |  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, 
 6 |  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 7 |  *
 8 |  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
 9 |  *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
10 |  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
11 |  *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
12 |  *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
13 |  * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
14 |  *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission. 
15 |  *
16 |  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED 
17 |  * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
18 |  * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT 
19 |  * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, 
20 |  * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT 
21 |  * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS 
22 |  * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN 
23 |  * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING 
24 |  * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY 
25 |  * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
26 |  *
27 |  * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
28 |  */
29 | 
30 | /*
31 |  * This is the interface to the platform specific serial IO module
32 |  * It needs to be implemented by those platforms which need SLIP or PPP
33 |  */
34 | 
35 | #include "arch/cc.h"
36 | 
37 | #ifndef __sio_fd_t_defined
38 | typedef void * sio_fd_t;
39 | #endif
40 | 
41 | #ifndef sio_open
42 | sio_fd_t sio_open(u8_t);
43 | #endif
44 | 
45 | #ifndef sio_send
46 | void sio_send(u8_t, sio_fd_t);
47 | #endif
48 | 
49 | #ifndef sio_recv
50 | u8_t sio_recv(sio_fd_t);
51 | #endif
52 | 
53 | #ifndef sio_read
54 | u32_t sio_read(sio_fd_t, u8_t *, u32_t);
55 | #endif
56 | 
57 | #ifndef sio_write
58 | u32_t sio_write(sio_fd_t, u8_t *, u32_t);
59 | #endif
60 | 
61 | #ifndef sio_read_abort
62 | void sio_read_abort(sio_fd_t);
63 | #endif
64 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/lwip/tcpip.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
 3 |  * All rights reserved. 
 4 |  * 
 5 |  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, 
 6 |  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 7 |  *
 8 |  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
 9 |  *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
10 |  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
11 |  *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
12 |  *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
13 |  * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
14 |  *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission. 
15 |  *
16 |  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED 
17 |  * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
18 |  * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT 
19 |  * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, 
20 |  * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT 
21 |  * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS 
22 |  * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN 
23 |  * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING 
24 |  * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY 
25 |  * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
26 |  *
27 |  * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
28 |  * 
29 |  * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
30 |  *
31 |  */
32 | #ifndef __LWIP_TCPIP_H__
33 | #define __LWIP_TCPIP_H__
34 | 
35 | #include "lwip/api_msg.h"
36 | #include "lwip/pbuf.h"
37 | 
38 | enum netmsq_type {
39 | 	NETMSG_API,
40 | 	NETMSG_INPUT,
41 | 	NETMSG_CALLBACK
42 | };
43 | 
44 | struct net_msg {
45 | 	enum netmsq_type type;
46 | 	union {
47 | 		struct api_msg *apimsg;
48 | 		struct {
49 | 			struct pbuf *p;
50 | 			struct netif *net;
51 | 		} inp;
52 | 		struct {
53 | 			void (*f)(void *);
54 | 			void *ctx;
55 | 		} cb;
56 | 	} msg;
57 | };
58 | 
59 | #endif /* __LWIP_TCPIP_H__ */
60 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/modplay/defines.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 | Copyright (c) 2002,2003, Christian Nowak <chnowak@web.de>
 3 | All rights reserved.
 4 | 
 5 | Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are 
 6 | permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 7 | 
 8 | - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of 
 9 |   conditions and the following disclaimer. 
10 | - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list 
11 |   of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other 
12 |   materials provided with the distribution. 
13 | - The names of the contributors may not be used to endorse or promote products derived 
14 |   from this software without specific prior written permission. 
15 | 
16 | THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY 
17 | EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
18 | MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
19 | THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, 
20 | SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, 
21 | PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS 
22 | INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, 
23 | STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF 
24 | THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
25 | */
26 | 
27 | #ifndef __DEFINES_H__
28 | #define __DEFINES_H__
29 | 
30 | #include <gctypes.h>
31 | 
32 | #undef LITTLE_ENDIAN
33 | 
34 | #ifdef __cplusplus
35 | extern "C" {
36 | #endif
37 | 
38 | typedef union
39 |   {
40 | #ifdef LITTLE_ENDIAN
41 |     struct
42 |       {
43 |         u8 low;
44 |         u8 high;
45 |       } abyte;
46 | #else
47 |     struct
48 |       {
49 |         u8 high;
50 |         u8 low;
51 |       } abyte;
52 | #endif
53 |     u16 aword;
54 |   } union_word;
55 | 
56 | 
57 | typedef union
58 |   {
59 | #ifdef LITTLE_ENDIAN
60 |     struct
61 |       {
62 |         u16 low;
63 |         u16 high;
64 |       } aword;
65 | #else
66 |     struct
67 |       {
68 |         u16 high;
69 |         u16 low;
70 |       } aword;
71 | #endif
72 |     u32 adword;
73 |   } union_dword;
74 | 
75 | 
76 | 
77 | 
78 | 
79 | #ifndef BOOL
80 | #define BOOL  u32
81 | #endif
82 | #ifndef TRUE
83 | #define TRUE  1
84 | #endif
85 | #ifndef FALSE
86 | #define FALSE 0
87 | #endif
88 | #ifndef NULL
89 | #define NULL  0
90 | #endif
91 | 
92 | #ifdef __cplusplus
93 |   }
94 | #endif
95 | 
96 | #endif
97 | 
98 | 
99 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/modplay/freqtab.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 | Copyright (c) 2002,2003, Christian Nowak <chnowak@web.de>
 3 | All rights reserved.
 4 | 
 5 | Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are 
 6 | permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 7 | 
 8 | - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of 
 9 |   conditions and the following disclaimer. 
10 | - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list 
11 |   of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other 
12 |   materials provided with the distribution. 
13 | - The names of the contributors may not be used to endorse or promote products derived 
14 |   from this software without specific prior written permission. 
15 | 
16 | THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY 
17 | EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
18 | MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
19 | THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, 
20 | SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, 
21 | PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS 
22 | INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, 
23 | STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF 
24 | THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
25 | */
26 | 
27 | #ifndef __FREQTAB_H__
28 | #define __FREQTAB_H__
29 | 
30 | extern u16 freqtab[];
31 | 
32 | #endif
33 | 
34 | 
35 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/modplay/mixer.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 | Copyright (c) 2002,2003, Christian Nowak <chnowak@web.de>
 3 | All rights reserved.
 4 | 
 5 | Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are 
 6 | permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 7 | 
 8 | - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of 
 9 |   conditions and the following disclaimer. 
10 | - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list 
11 |   of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other 
12 |   materials provided with the distribution. 
13 | - The names of the contributors may not be used to endorse or promote products derived 
14 |   from this software without specific prior written permission. 
15 | 
16 | THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY 
17 | EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
18 | MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
19 | THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, 
20 | SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, 
21 | PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS 
22 | INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, 
23 | STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF 
24 | THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
25 | */
26 | 
27 | /* mixer.h */
28 | 
29 | #ifndef __MIXER_H__
30 | #define __MIXER_H__
31 | 
32 | #include "defines.h"
33 | #include "modplay.h"
34 | 
35 | int mix_mono_16bit ( MOD * mod, s16 * buf, int numSamples );
36 | int mix_stereo_16bit ( MOD * mod, s16 * buf, int numSamples );
37 | 
38 | #endif
39 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/modplay/semitonetab.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 | Copyright (c) 2002,2003, Christian Nowak <chnowak@web.de>
 3 | All rights reserved.
 4 | 
 5 | Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are 
 6 | permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 7 | 
 8 | - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of 
 9 |   conditions and the following disclaimer. 
10 | - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list 
11 |   of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other 
12 |   materials provided with the distribution. 
13 | - The names of the contributors may not be used to endorse or promote products derived 
14 |   from this software without specific prior written permission. 
15 | 
16 | THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY 
17 | EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
18 | MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
19 | THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, 
20 | SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, 
21 | PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS 
22 | INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, 
23 | STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF 
24 | THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
25 | */
26 | 
27 | #ifndef __SEMITONETAB_H__
28 | #define __SEMITONETAB_H__
29 | 
30 | #include "defines.h"
31 | extern u8 semitonetab[4096];
32 | 
33 | #endif
34 | 
35 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/mp3player.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __MP3PLAYER_H__
 2 | #define __MP3PLAYER_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #include <mad.h>
 5 | #include <gctypes.h>
 6 | 
 7 | #ifdef __cplusplus
 8 |    extern "C" {
 9 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
10 | 
11 | void MP3Player_Init();
12 | void MP3Player_Stop();
13 | BOOL MP3Player_IsPlaying();
14 | void MP3Player_Volume(u32 volume);
15 | s32 MP3Player_PlayBuffer(const void *buffer,s32 len,void (*filterfunc)(struct mad_stream *,struct mad_frame *));
16 | s32 MP3Player_PlayFile(void *cb_data,s32 (*reader)(void *,void *,s32),void (*filterfunc)(struct mad_stream *,struct mad_frame *));
17 | 
18 | #ifdef __cplusplus
19 |    }
20 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
21 | 
22 | #endif
23 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/netif/arch/cc.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  * Copyright (c) 2001, Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
 3 |  * All rights reserved. 
 4 |  *
 5 |  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 
 6 |  * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
 7 |  * are met: 
 8 |  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright 
 9 |  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
10 |  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 
11 |  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the 
12 |  *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 
13 |  * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors 
14 |  *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software 
15 |  *    without specific prior written permission. 
16 |  *
17 |  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND 
18 |  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE 
19 |  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE 
20 |  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE 
21 |  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL 
22 |  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS 
23 |  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) 
24 |  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT 
25 |  * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY 
26 |  * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF 
27 |  * SUCH DAMAGE. 
28 |  *
29 |  * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
30 |  * 
31 |  * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
32 |  *
33 |  */
34 | #ifndef __ARCH_CC_H__
35 | #define __ARCH_CC_H__
36 | 
37 | #include <stdlib.h>
38 | #include <stdio.h>
39 | #include <gctypes.h>
40 | #include "asm.h"
41 | #include "processor.h"
42 | 
43 | typedef u8		u8_t;
44 | typedef s8		s8_t;
45 | typedef u16		u16_t;
46 | typedef s16		s16_t;
47 | typedef	u32		u32_t;
48 | typedef s32		s32_t;
49 | typedef u32		mem_ptr_t;
50 | 
51 | 
52 | #define PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(x) x
53 | #define PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT __attribute__((packed))
54 | #define PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
55 | #define PACK_STRUCT_END
56 | 
57 | #define LWIP_PLATFORM_ASSERT(x) { printf(x); while (1); }
58 | #define LWIP_PLATFORM_DIAG(x) printf x
59 | 
60 | #define SYS_ARCH_DECL_PROTECT(lev) u32 lev
61 | #define SYS_ARCH_PROTECT(lev) _ISR_Disable(lev)
62 | #define SYS_ARCH_UNPROTECT(lev) _ISR_Enable(lev)
63 | 
64 | /* Define (sn)printf formatters for these lwIP types */
65 | #define U16_F "hu"
66 | #define S16_F "hd"
67 | #define X16_F "hx"
68 | #define U32_F "u"
69 | #define S32_F "d"
70 | #define X32_F "x"
71 | 
72 | 
73 | #endif /* __ARCH_CC_H__ */
74 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/netif/arch/cpu.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  * Copyright (c) 2001, Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
 3 |  * All rights reserved. 
 4 |  *
 5 |  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 
 6 |  * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
 7 |  * are met: 
 8 |  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright 
 9 |  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
10 |  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 
11 |  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the 
12 |  *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 
13 |  * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors 
14 |  *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software 
15 |  *    without specific prior written permission. 
16 |  *
17 |  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND 
18 |  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE 
19 |  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE 
20 |  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE 
21 |  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL 
22 |  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS 
23 |  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) 
24 |  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT 
25 |  * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY 
26 |  * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF 
27 |  * SUCH DAMAGE. 
28 |  *
29 |  * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
30 |  * 
31 |  * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
32 |  *
33 |  */
34 | #ifndef __CPU_H__
35 | #define __CPU_H__
36 | 
37 | #define BYTE_ORDER BIG_ENDIAN
38 | 
39 | #endif /* __CPU_H__ */
40 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/netif/arch/init.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  * Copyright (c) 2001, Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
 3 |  * All rights reserved. 
 4 |  *
 5 |  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 
 6 |  * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
 7 |  * are met: 
 8 |  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright 
 9 |  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
10 |  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 
11 |  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the 
12 |  *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 
13 |  * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors 
14 |  *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software 
15 |  *    without specific prior written permission. 
16 |  *
17 |  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND 
18 |  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE 
19 |  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE 
20 |  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE 
21 |  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL 
22 |  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS 
23 |  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) 
24 |  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT 
25 |  * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY 
26 |  * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF 
27 |  * SUCH DAMAGE. 
28 |  *
29 |  * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
30 |  * 
31 |  * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
32 |  *
33 |  */
34 | #ifndef __ARCH_INIT_H__
35 | #define __ARCH_INIT_H__
36 | 
37 | #define TCPIP_INIT_DONE(arg)  tcpip_init_done(arg)
38 | 
39 | void tcpip_init_done(void *);
40 | int wait_for_tcpip_init(void);
41 | 
42 | #endif /* __ARCH_INIT_H__ */
43 | 
44 | 
45 | 
46 | 
47 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/netif/arch/lib.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  * Copyright (c) 2001, Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
 3 |  * All rights reserved. 
 4 |  *
 5 |  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 
 6 |  * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
 7 |  * are met: 
 8 |  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright 
 9 |  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
10 |  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 
11 |  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the 
12 |  *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 
13 |  * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors 
14 |  *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software 
15 |  *    without specific prior written permission. 
16 |  *
17 |  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND 
18 |  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE 
19 |  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE 
20 |  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE 
21 |  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL 
22 |  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS 
23 |  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) 
24 |  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT 
25 |  * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY 
26 |  * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF 
27 |  * SUCH DAMAGE. 
28 |  *
29 |  * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
30 |  * 
31 |  * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
32 |  *
33 |  */
34 | #ifndef __LIB_H__
35 | #define __LIB_H__
36 | 
37 | #include <string.h>
38 | 
39 | #define bcopy(s, d, l) memcpy(d, s, l)
40 | #define bzero(d, l)    memset(d, 0, l)
41 | 
42 | #endif /* __LIB_H__ */
43 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/netif/arch/perf.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  * Copyright (c) 2001, Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
 3 |  * All rights reserved. 
 4 |  *
 5 |  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 
 6 |  * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
 7 |  * are met: 
 8 |  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright 
 9 |  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
10 |  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 
11 |  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the 
12 |  *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 
13 |  * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors 
14 |  *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software 
15 |  *    without specific prior written permission. 
16 |  *
17 |  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND 
18 |  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE 
19 |  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE 
20 |  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE 
21 |  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL 
22 |  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS 
23 |  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) 
24 |  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT 
25 |  * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY 
26 |  * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF 
27 |  * SUCH DAMAGE. 
28 |  *
29 |  * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
30 |  * 
31 |  * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
32 |  *
33 |  */
34 | #ifndef __PERF_H__
35 | #define __PERF_H__
36 | 
37 | #define PERF_START    /* null definition */
38 | #define PERF_STOP(x)  /* null definition */
39 | 
40 | #endif /* __PERF_H__ */
41 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/netif/arch/sys_arch.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  * Copyright (c) 2001, Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
 3 |  * All rights reserved. 
 4 |  *
 5 |  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without 
 6 |  * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions 
 7 |  * are met: 
 8 |  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright 
 9 |  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. 
10 |  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 
11 |  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the 
12 |  *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. 
13 |  * 3. Neither the name of the Institute nor the names of its contributors 
14 |  *    may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software 
15 |  *    without specific prior written permission. 
16 |  *
17 |  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE INSTITUTE AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND 
18 |  * ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE 
19 |  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE 
20 |  * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE INSTITUTE OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE 
21 |  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL 
22 |  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS 
23 |  * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) 
24 |  * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT 
25 |  * LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY 
26 |  * OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF 
27 |  * SUCH DAMAGE. 
28 |  *
29 |  * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
30 |  * 
31 |  * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
32 |  *
33 |  */
34 | #ifndef __SYS_GC_H__
35 | #define __SYS_GC_H__
36 | 
37 | #include <lwp.h>
38 | #include <message.h>
39 | #include <mutex.h>
40 | #include <cond.h>
41 | #include <semaphore.h>
42 | 
43 | #define SYS_MBOX_NULL		MQ_BOX_NULL
44 | #define SYS_SEM_NULL		SEM_FAILED
45 | 
46 | typedef sem_t sys_sem;
47 | typedef sem_t *sys_sem_t;
48 | 
49 | typedef mqd_t sys_mbox;
50 | typedef mqd_t *sys_mbox_t;
51 | 
52 | typedef lwp_t sys_thread;
53 | typedef lwp_t* sys_thread_t;
54 | 
55 | #endif /* __SYS_C64_H__ */
56 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/netif/gcif/gcif.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __GCIF_H__
 2 | #define __GCIF_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #include <lwip/netif.h>
 5 | 
 6 | #define ERR_NODATA		-12
 7 | #define ERR_ALLREAD		-13
 8 | #define ERR_TXERROR		-14
 9 | #define ERR_RXERROR		-14
10 | #define ERR_NODEV		-16
11 | #define ERR_PKTSIZE		-17
12 | #define ERR_TXPENDING	-18
13 | 
14 | #define cpu_to_be16(x) (x)
15 | #define cpu_to_be32(x) (x)
16 | extern inline u16 cpu_to_le16(u16 x) { return (x<<8) | (x>>8);}
17 | extern inline u32 cpu_to_le32(u32 x) { return((x>>24) | ((x>>8)&0xff00) | ((x<<8)&0xff0000) | (x<<24));}
18 | 
19 | #define cpu_to_le16p(addr) (cpu_to_le16(*(addr)))
20 | #define cpu_to_le32p(addr) (cpu_to_le32(*(addr)))
21 | #define cpu_to_be16p(addr) (cpu_to_be16(*(addr)))
22 | #define cpu_to_be32p(addr) (cpu_to_be32(*(addr)))
23 | 
24 | extern inline void cpu_to_le16s(u16 *a) {*a = cpu_to_le16(*a);}
25 | extern inline void cpu_to_le32s(u32 *a) {*a = cpu_to_le32(*a);}
26 | extern inline void cpu_to_be16s(u16 *a) {*a = cpu_to_be16(*a);}
27 | extern inline void cpu_to_be32s(u32 *a) {*a = cpu_to_be32(*a);}
28 | 
29 | #define le16_to_cpup(x) cpu_to_le16p(x)
30 | #define le32_to_cpup(x) cpu_to_le32p(x)
31 | #define be16_to_cpup(x) cpu_to_be16p(x)
32 | #define be32_to_cpup(x) cpu_to_be32p(x)
33 | 
34 | #define le16_to_cpus(x) cpu_to_le16s(x)
35 | #define le32_to_cpus(x) cpu_to_le32s(x)
36 | #define be16_to_cpus(x) cpu_to_be16s(x)
37 | #define be32_to_cpus(x) cpu_to_be32s(x)
38 | 
39 | typedef void* dev_s;
40 | 
41 | dev_s bba_create(struct netif *);
42 | err_t bba_init(struct netif *);
43 | void bba_process(struct pbuf *p,struct netif *dev);
44 | 
45 | #endif
46 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/netif/loopif.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  * Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Swedish Institute of Computer Science.
 3 |  * All rights reserved. 
 4 |  * 
 5 |  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, 
 6 |  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 7 |  *
 8 |  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
 9 |  *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
10 |  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
11 |  *    this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
12 |  *    and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
13 |  * 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
14 |  *    derived from this software without specific prior written permission. 
15 |  *
16 |  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED 
17 |  * WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
18 |  * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT 
19 |  * SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, 
20 |  * EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT 
21 |  * OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS 
22 |  * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN 
23 |  * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING 
24 |  * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY 
25 |  * OF SUCH DAMAGE.
26 |  *
27 |  * This file is part of the lwIP TCP/IP stack.
28 |  * 
29 |  * Author: Adam Dunkels <adam@sics.se>
30 |  *
31 |  */
32 | #ifndef __NETIF_LOOPIF_H__
33 | #define __NETIF_LOOPIF_H__
34 | 
35 | #include "lwip/netif.h"
36 | 
37 | err_t loopif_init(struct netif *netif);
38 | 
39 | #endif /* __NETIF_LOOPIF_H__ */
40 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/ogc/color.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __COLOR_H__
 2 | #define __COLOR_H__
 3 | 
 4 | // luminance is stored twice, thus one of the lum. is
 5 | // redundant, but this way we can fill the screen.
 6 | 
 7 | #define COLOR_BLACK        (0x00800080)
 8 | #define COLOR_MAROON       (0x266A26C0)
 9 | #define COLOR_GREEN        (0x4B554B4A)
10 | #define COLOR_OLIVE        (0x7140718A)
11 | #define COLOR_NAVY         (0x0EC00E75)
12 | #define COLOR_PURPLE       (0x34AA34B5)
13 | #define COLOR_TEAL         (0x59955940)
14 | #define COLOR_GRAY         (0x80808080)
15 | #define COLOR_SILVER       (0xC080C080)
16 | #define COLOR_RED          (0x4C544CFF)
17 | #define COLOR_LIME         (0x952B9515)
18 | #define COLOR_YELLOW       (0xE100E194)
19 | #define COLOR_BLUE         (0x1DFF1D6B)
20 | #define COLOR_FUCHSIA      (0x69D469EA)
21 | #define COLOR_AQUA         (0xB2ABB200)
22 | #define COLOR_WHITE        (0xFF80FF80)
23 | #define COLOR_MONEYGREEN   (0xD076D074)
24 | #define COLOR_SKYBLUE      (0xC399C36A)
25 | #define COLOR_CREAM        (0xFA79FA82)
26 | #define COLOR_MEDGRAY      (0xA082A07F)
27 | 
28 | #endif /* COLOR_H */
29 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/ogc/consol.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/derek57/libogc/1d97726b06fed0e501569b4f755542123139e7ea/gc/ogc/consol.h


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/ogc/context.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __EXCONTEXT_H__
 2 | #define __EXCONTEXT_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #define NUM_EXCEPTIONS		15
 5 | 
 6 | #define EX_SYS_RESET		 0
 7 | #define EX_MACH_CHECK		 1
 8 | #define EX_DSI				 2
 9 | #define EX_ISI				 3
10 | #define EX_INT				 4
11 | #define EX_ALIGN			 5
12 | #define EX_PRG				 6
13 | #define EX_FP				 7
14 | #define EX_DEC				 8
15 | #define EX_SYS_CALL			 9
16 | #define EX_TRACE			10
17 | #define EX_PERF				11
18 | #define EX_IABR				12
19 | #define EX_RESV				13
20 | #define EX_THERM			14
21 | 
22 | #ifndef ASM
23 | 
24 | #include <gctypes.h>
25 | #include "lwp_config.h"
26 | 
27 | #ifdef __cplusplus
28 |    extern "C" {
29 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
30 | 
31 | typedef struct {
32 | 	unsigned32 EXCPT_Number;
33 | 	unsigned32 SRR0,SRR1;
34 | 	unsigned32 GPR[32];
35 | 	unsigned32 GQR[8];
36 | 	unsigned32 CR, LR, CTR, XER, MSR, DAR;
37 | 
38 | 	unsigned16	state;		//used to determine whether to restore the fpu context or not
39 | 	unsigned16 mode;		//unused
40 | 
41 | 	double_precision FPR[32];
42 | 	unsigned64	FPSCR;
43 | 	double_precision PSFPR[32];
44 | } Context_Control;
45 | 
46 | #ifdef __cplusplus
47 |    }
48 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
49 | 
50 | #endif  /* !ASM */
51 | 
52 | #endif
53 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/ogc/disc_io.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  disc_io.h
 3 |  Interface template for low level disc functions.
 4 | 
 5 |  Copyright (c) 2006 Michael "Chishm" Chisholm
 6 |  Based on code originally written by MightyMax
 7 | 	
 8 |  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
 9 |  are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
10 | 
11 |   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
12 |      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
13 |   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
14 |      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or
15 |      other materials provided with the distribution.
16 |   3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
17 |      from this software without specific prior written permission.
18 | 
19 |  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
20 |  WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
21 |  AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
22 |  LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
23 |  DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
24 |  LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
25 |  THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
26 |  (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
27 |  EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
28 | */
29 | 
30 | #ifndef OGC_DISC_IO_INCLUDE
31 | #define OGC_DISC_IO_INCLUDE
32 | 
33 | #include <stdint.h>
34 | #include <gctypes.h>
35 | 
36 | 
37 | #define FEATURE_MEDIUM_CANREAD      0x00000001
38 | #define FEATURE_MEDIUM_CANWRITE     0x00000002
39 | #define FEATURE_GAMECUBE_SLOTA      0x00000010
40 | #define FEATURE_GAMECUBE_SLOTB      0x00000020
41 | #define FEATURE_GAMECUBE_DVD        0x00000040
42 | #define FEATURE_WII_SD              0x00000100
43 | #define FEATURE_WII_USB             0x00000200
44 | #define FEATURE_WII_DVD             0x00000400
45 | 
46 | typedef uint32_t sec_t;
47 | 
48 | typedef bool (* FN_MEDIUM_STARTUP)(void) ;
49 | typedef bool (* FN_MEDIUM_ISINSERTED)(void) ;
50 | typedef bool (* FN_MEDIUM_READSECTORS)(sec_t sector, sec_t numSectors, void* buffer) ;
51 | typedef bool (* FN_MEDIUM_WRITESECTORS)(sec_t sector, sec_t numSectors, const void* buffer) ;
52 | typedef bool (* FN_MEDIUM_CLEARSTATUS)(void) ;
53 | typedef bool (* FN_MEDIUM_SHUTDOWN)(void) ;
54 | 
55 | struct DISC_INTERFACE_STRUCT {
56 | 	unsigned long			ioType ;
57 | 	unsigned long			features ;
58 | 	FN_MEDIUM_STARTUP		startup ;
59 | 	FN_MEDIUM_ISINSERTED	isInserted ;
60 | 	FN_MEDIUM_READSECTORS	readSectors ;
61 | 	FN_MEDIUM_WRITESECTORS	writeSectors ;
62 | 	FN_MEDIUM_CLEARSTATUS	clearStatus ;
63 | 	FN_MEDIUM_SHUTDOWN		shutdown ;
64 | } ;
65 | 
66 | typedef struct DISC_INTERFACE_STRUCT DISC_INTERFACE ;
67 | 
68 | #endif	// define OGC_DISC_IO_INCLUDE
69 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/ogc/gx_struct.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*-------------------------------------------------------------
 2 | 
 3 | gx_struct.h -- support header
 4 | 
 5 | Copyright (C) 2004
 6 | Michael Wiedenbauer (shagkur)
 7 | Dave Murphy (WinterMute)
 8 | 
 9 | This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
10 | warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any
11 | damages arising from the use of this software.
12 | 
13 | Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
14 | purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
15 | redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
16 | 
17 | 1.	The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
18 | must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
19 | this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
20 | documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
21 | 
22 | 2.	Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
23 | must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
24 | 
25 | 3.	This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
26 | distribution.
27 | 
28 | -------------------------------------------------------------*/
29 | 
30 | 
31 | #ifndef __GX_STRUCT_H__
32 | #define __GX_STRUCT_H__
33 | 
34 | /*!
35 | \file gx_struct.h
36 | \brief support header
37 | */
38 | 
39 | #include <gctypes.h>
40 | 
41 | #ifdef __cplusplus
42 |    extern "C" {
43 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
44 | 
45 | 
46 | /*!
47 | \typedef struct _gx_rmodeobj GXRModeObj
48 | \brief structure to hold the selected video and render settings
49 | \param viTVMode mode and type of TV
50 | \param fbWidth width of external framebuffer
51 | \param efbHeight height of embedded framebuffer
52 | \param xfbHeight height of external framebuffer
53 | \param viXOrigin x starting point of first pixel to draw on VI
54 | \param viYOrigin y starting point of first pixel to draw on VI
55 | \param viWidth width of configured VI
56 | \param viHeight height of configured VI
57 | */
58 | typedef struct _gx_rmodeobj {
59 | 	u32 viTVMode;
60 | 	u16 fbWidth;
61 | 	u16 efbHeight;
62 | 	u16 xfbHeight;
63 | 	u16 viXOrigin;	
64 | 	u16 viYOrigin;	
65 | 	u16 viWidth;
66 | 	u16 viHeight;
67 | 	u32  xfbMode;
68 | 	u8  field_rendering;
69 | 	u8  aa;
70 | 	u8  sample_pattern[12][2];
71 | 	u8  vfilter[7];
72 | } GXRModeObj;
73 | 
74 | #ifdef __cplusplus
75 |    }
76 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
77 | 
78 | #endif
79 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/ogc/ios.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*-------------------------------------------------------------
 2 | 
 3 | ios.h -- IOS control
 4 | 
 5 | Copyright (C) 2008
 6 | Michael Wiedenbauer (shagkur)
 7 | Dave Murphy (WinterMute)
 8 | Hector Martin (marcan)
 9 | 
10 | This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
11 | warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any
12 | damages arising from the use of this software.
13 | 
14 | Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
15 | purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
16 | redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
17 | 
18 | 1.	The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
19 | must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
20 | this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
21 | documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
22 | 
23 | 2.	Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
24 | must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
25 | 
26 | 3.	This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
27 | distribution.
28 | 
29 | -------------------------------------------------------------*/
30 | 
31 | #ifndef __IOS_H__
32 | #define __IOS_H__
33 | 
34 | #if defined(HW_RVL)
35 | 
36 | #include <gctypes.h>
37 | #include <gcutil.h>
38 | 
39 | #define IOS_EINVAL			-0x3004
40 | #define IOS_EBADVERSION		-0x3100
41 | #define IOS_ETOOMANYVIEWS	-0x3101
42 | #define IOS_EMISMATCH		-0x3102
43 | 
44 | #ifdef __cplusplus
45 |    extern "C" {
46 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
47 | 
48 | s32 __IOS_InitializeSubsystems(void);
49 | s32 __IOS_ShutdownSubsystems(void);
50 | s32 __IOS_LoadStartupIOS(void);
51 | s32 __IOS_LaunchNewIOS(int version);
52 | s32 IOS_GetPreferredVersion(void);
53 | s32 IOS_ReloadIOS(int version);
54 | s32 IOS_GetVersion();
55 | s32 IOS_GetRevision();
56 | s32 IOS_GetRevisionMajor();
57 | s32 IOS_GetRevisionMinor();
58 | 
59 | #ifdef __cplusplus
60 |    }
61 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
62 | 
63 | #endif
64 | 
65 | #endif
66 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/ogc/libversion.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __LIBVERSION_H__
 2 | #define __LIBVERSION_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #define _V_MAJOR_	1
 5 | #define _V_MINOR_	8
 6 | #define _V_PATCH_	12
 7 | 
 8 | #define _V_DATE_			__DATE__
 9 | #define _V_TIME_			__TIME__
10 | 
11 | #define _V_STRING "libOGC Release 1.8.12"
12 | 
13 | #endif // __LIBVERSION_H__
14 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/ogc/message.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1 | /*  rtems/posix/mqueue.h
  2 |  *
  3 |  *  This include file contains all the private support information for
  4 |  *  POSIX Message Queues.
  5 |  *
  6 |  *  COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-1999.
  7 |  *  On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).
  8 |  *
  9 |  *  The license and distribution terms for this file may be
 10 |  *  found in the file LICENSE in this distribution or at
 11 |  *  http://www.OARcorp.com/rtems/license.html.
 12 |  *
 13 |  *  $Id$
 14 |  */
 15 | 
 16 | 
 17 | #ifndef __MESSAGE_H__
 18 | #define __MESSAGE_H__
 19 | 
 20 | /*! \file message.h 
 21 | \brief Thread subsystem II
 22 | 
 23 | */ 
 24 | 
 25 | #ifdef __cplusplus
 26 | extern "C" {
 27 | #endif
 28 | 
 29 | #include <gctypes.h>
 30 | 
 31 | #define MQ_BOX_NULL				0xffffffff
 32 | 
 33 | #define MQ_ERROR_SUCCESSFUL		0
 34 | #define MQ_ERROR_TOOMANY		-5
 35 | 
 36 | #define MQ_MSG_BLOCK			0
 37 | #define MQ_MSG_NOBLOCK			1
 38 | 
 39 | 
 40 | /*! \typedef unsigned32 mqd_t
 41 | \brief typedef for the message queue handle
 42 | */
 43 | typedef Objects_Id  mqd_t;
 44 | 
 45 | 
 46 | /*! \fn unsigned32 mq_open(mqd_t *mqbox,unsigned32 count)
 47 | \brief Initializes a message queue
 48 | \param[out] mqbox pointer to the mqd_t handle.
 49 | \param[in] count maximum number of messages the queue can hold
 50 | 
 51 | \return 0 on success, <0 on error
 52 | */
 53 | int mq_open(
 54 |   mqd_t      *mqdes,
 55 |   unsigned32  count
 56 | );
 57 | 
 58 | 
 59 | /*! \fn void mq_close(mqd_t mqbox)
 60 | \brief Closes the message queue and releases all memory.
 61 | \param[in] mqbox handle to the mqd_t structure.
 62 | 
 63 | \return none
 64 | */
 65 | void mq_close(
 66 |   mqd_t  mqdes
 67 | );
 68 | 
 69 | 
 70 | /*! \fn boolean mq_send(mqd_t mqbox,char *msg,unsigned32 flags)
 71 | \brief Sends a message to the given message queue.
 72 | \param[in] mqbox mqd_t handle to the message queue
 73 | \param[in] msg message to send
 74 | \param[in] flags message flags (MQ_MSG_BLOCK, MQ_MSG_NOBLOCK)
 75 | 
 76 | \return boolean result
 77 | */
 78 | boolean mq_send(
 79 |   mqd_t      mqdes,
 80 |   char      *msg_ptr,
 81 |   unsigned32 oflag
 82 | );
 83 | 
 84 | 
 85 | /*! \fn boolean MQ_Jam(mqd_t mqdes, char *msg_ptr, unsigned32 oflag)
 86 | \brief Sends a message to the given message queue and jams it in front of the queue.
 87 | \param[in] mqdes mqd_t handle to the message queue
 88 | \param[in] msg_ptr message to send
 89 | \param[in] oflag message flags (MQ_MSG_BLOCK, MQ_MSG_NOBLOCK)
 90 | 
 91 | \return boolean result
 92 | */
 93 | boolean MQ_Jam(mqd_t mqdes, char *msg_ptr, unsigned32 oflag);
 94 | 
 95 | 
 96 | /*! \fn boolean mq_receive(mqd_t mqbox,char **msg,unsigned32 oflag)
 97 | \brief Sends a message to the given message queue.
 98 | \param[in] mqdes mqd_t handle to the message queue
 99 | \param[in] msg_ptr pointer to a mqmsg_t_t-type message to receive.
100 | \param[in] oflag message flags (MQ_MSG_BLOCK, MQ_MSG_NOBLOCK)
101 | 
102 | \return boolean result
103 | */
104 | boolean mq_receive(
105 |   mqd_t         mqdes,
106 |   char         *msg_ptr,
107 |   unsigned32    oflag
108 | );
109 | 
110 | #ifdef __cplusplus
111 | 	}
112 | #endif
113 | 
114 | #endif
115 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/ogc/mutex.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1 | /*  rtems/posix/mutex.h
  2 |  *
  3 |  *  This include file contains all the private support information for
  4 |  *  POSIX mutex's.
  5 |  *
  6 |  *  COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-1999.
  7 |  *  On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).
  8 |  *
  9 |  *  The license and distribution terms for this file may be
 10 |  *  found in the file LICENSE in this distribution or at
 11 |  *  http://www.OARcorp.com/rtems/license.html.
 12 |  *
 13 |  *  $Id$
 14 |  */
 15 | 
 16 | 
 17 | #ifndef __MUTEX_H__
 18 | #define __MUTEX_H__
 19 | 
 20 | /*! \file mutex.h 
 21 | \brief Thread subsystem III
 22 | 
 23 | */ 
 24 | 
 25 | #ifdef __cplusplus
 26 | 	extern "C" {
 27 | #endif
 28 | 
 29 | #include <gctypes.h>
 30 | #include "lwp_config.h"
 31 | 
 32 | /*
 33 |  *  Constant to indicate condition variable does not currently have
 34 |  *  a mutex assigned to it.
 35 |  */
 36 | 
 37 | #define POSIX_CONDITION_VARIABLES_NO_MUTEX		0xffffffff
 38 | 
 39 | 
 40 | /*! \typedef unsigned32 pthread_mutex_t
 41 | \brief typedef for the mutex handle
 42 | */
 43 | typedef unsigned32 pthread_mutex_t;
 44 | 
 45 | 
 46 | /*! \fn int pthread_mutex_init(pthread_mutex_t *mutex,boolean use_recursive)
 47 | \brief Initializes a mutex lock.
 48 | \param[out] mutex pointer to a pthread_mutex_t handle.
 49 | \param[in] use_recursive whether to allow the thread, whithin the same context, to enter multiple times the lock or not.
 50 | 
 51 | \return 0 on success, <0 on error
 52 | */
 53 | int pthread_mutex_init(
 54 |   pthread_mutex_t *mutex,
 55 |   bool use_recursive
 56 | );
 57 | 
 58 | 
 59 | /*! \fn int pthread_mutex_destroy(pthread_mutex_t mutex)
 60 | \brief Close mutex lock, release all threads and handles locked on this mutex.
 61 | \param[in] mutex handle to the pthread_mutex_t structure.
 62 | 
 63 | \return 0 on success, <0 on error
 64 | */
 65 | int pthread_mutex_destroy(
 66 |   pthread_mutex_t mutex
 67 | );
 68 | 
 69 | 
 70 | /*! \fn int pthread_mutex_lock(pthread_mutex_t mutex)
 71 | \brief Enter the mutex lock.
 72 | \param[in] mutex handle to the mutext_t structure.
 73 | 
 74 | \return 0 on success, <0 on error
 75 | */
 76 | int pthread_mutex_lock(
 77 |   pthread_mutex_t mutex
 78 | );
 79 | 
 80 | 
 81 | /*! \fn int pthread_mutex_trylock(pthread_mutex_t mutex)
 82 | \brief Try to enter the mutex lock.
 83 | \param[in] mutex handle to the pthread_mutex_t structure.
 84 | 
 85 | \return 0: on first aquire, 1: would lock
 86 | */
 87 | int pthread_mutex_trylock(
 88 |   pthread_mutex_t mutex
 89 | );
 90 | 
 91 | 
 92 | /*! \fn int pthread_mutex_unlock(pthread_mutex_t mutex)
 93 | \brief Release the mutex lock and let other threads process further on this mutex.
 94 | \param[in] mutex handle to the pthread_mutex_t structure.
 95 | 
 96 | \return 0 on success, <0 on error
 97 | */
 98 | int pthread_mutex_unlock(
 99 |   pthread_mutex_t mutex
100 | );
101 | 
102 | #ifdef __cplusplus
103 | 	}
104 | #endif
105 | 
106 | #endif
107 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/ogc/pad.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __PAD_H__
 2 | #define __PAD_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #include <gctypes.h>
 5 | 
 6 | #define PAD_CHAN0					0
 7 | #define PAD_CHAN1					1
 8 | #define PAD_CHAN2					2
 9 | #define PAD_CHAN3					3
10 | #define PAD_CHANMAX					4
11 | 
12 | #define PAD_MOTOR_STOP				0
13 | #define PAD_MOTOR_RUMBLE			1
14 | #define PAD_MOTOR_STOP_HARD			2
15 | 
16 | #define PAD_ERR_NONE				0
17 | #define PAD_ERR_NO_CONTROLLER		-1
18 | #define PAD_ERR_NOT_READY			-2
19 | #define PAD_ERR_TRANSFER			-3
20 | 
21 | #define PAD_BUTTON_LEFT				0x0001
22 | #define PAD_BUTTON_RIGHT			0x0002
23 | #define PAD_BUTTON_DOWN				0x0004
24 | #define PAD_BUTTON_UP				0x0008
25 | #define PAD_TRIGGER_Z				0x0010
26 | #define PAD_TRIGGER_R				0x0020
27 | #define PAD_TRIGGER_L				0x0040
28 | #define PAD_BUTTON_A				0x0100
29 | #define PAD_BUTTON_B				0x0200
30 | #define PAD_BUTTON_X				0x0400
31 | #define PAD_BUTTON_Y				0x0800
32 | #define PAD_BUTTON_MENU				0x1000
33 | #define PAD_BUTTON_START			0x1000
34 | 
35 | #define PAD_CHAN0_BIT				0x80000000
36 | #define PAD_CHAN1_BIT				0x40000000
37 | #define PAD_CHAN2_BIT				0x20000000
38 | #define PAD_CHAN3_BIT				0x10000000
39 | /*+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+*/
40 | /*+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+*/
41 | /*+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+*/
42 | #ifdef __cplusplus
43 |    extern "C" {
44 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
45 | /*+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+*/
46 | typedef struct _padstatus {
47 | 	u16 button;
48 | 	s8 stickX;
49 | 	s8 stickY;
50 | 	s8 substickX;
51 | 	s8 substickY;
52 | 	u8 triggerL;
53 | 	u8 triggerR;
54 | 	u8 analogA;
55 | 	u8 analogB;
56 | 	s8 err;
57 | } PADStatus;
58 | 
59 | typedef void (*sampling_callback)(void);
60 | /*+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+*/
61 | /*+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+*/
62 | /*+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+*/
63 | 
64 | u32 PAD_Init();
65 | u32 PAD_Sync();
66 | u32 PAD_Read(PADStatus *status);
67 | u32 PAD_Reset(u32 mask);
68 | u32 PAD_Recalibrate(u32 mask);
69 | void PAD_Clamp(PADStatus *status);
70 | void PAD_ControlMotor(s32 chan,u32 cmd);
71 | void PAD_SetSpec(u32 spec);
72 | 
73 | u32 PAD_ScanPads();
74 | 
75 | u16 PAD_ButtonsUp(int pad);
76 | u16 PAD_ButtonsDown(int pad);
77 | u16 PAD_ButtonsHeld(int pad);
78 | 
79 | s8 PAD_SubStickX(int pad);
80 | s8 PAD_SubStickY(int pad);
81 | 
82 | s8 PAD_StickX(int pad);
83 | s8 PAD_StickY(int pad);
84 | 
85 | u8 PAD_TriggerL(int pad);
86 | u8 PAD_TriggerR(int pad);
87 | 
88 | 
89 | sampling_callback PAD_SetSamplingCallback(sampling_callback cb);
90 | 
91 | /*+----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+*/
92 | 
93 | #ifdef __cplusplus
94 |    }
95 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
96 | 
97 | #endif
98 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/ogc/priority.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*  priority.h
 2 |  *
 3 |  *  This include file contains all thread priority manipulation routines.
 4 |  *  This Handler provides mechanisms which can be used to
 5 |  *  initialize and manipulate thread priorities.
 6 |  *
 7 |  *  COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-1999.
 8 |  *  On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).
 9 |  *
10 |  *  The license and distribution terms for this file may be
11 |  *  found in the file LICENSE in this distribution or at
12 |  *  http://www.OARcorp.com/rtems/license.html.
13 |  *
14 |  *  $Id$
15 |  */
16 | 
17 | #ifndef __PRIORITY_h
18 | #define __PRIORITY_h
19 | 
20 | #ifdef __cplusplus
21 | extern "C" {
22 | #endif
23 | 
24 | #include <gctypes.h>
25 | #include "machine/processor.h"
26 | 
27 | #define PRIORITY_MINIMUM      0         /* highest thread priority */
28 | #define PRIORITY_MAXIMUM      255       /* lowest thread priority */
29 | 
30 | /*
31 |  *  The following record defines the information associated with
32 |  *  each thread to manage its interaction with the priority bit maps.
33 |  */
34 | 
35 | typedef struct {
36 |   Priority_Bit_map_control *minor;        /* addr of minor bit map slot */
37 |   Priority_Bit_map_control  ready_minor;  /* priority bit map ready mask */
38 |   Priority_Bit_map_control  ready_major;  /* priority bit map ready mask */
39 |   Priority_Bit_map_control  block_minor;  /* priority bit map block mask */
40 |   Priority_Bit_map_control  block_major;  /* priority bit map block mask */
41 | }   Priority_Information;
42 | 
43 | /*
44 |  *  The following data items are the priority bit map.
45 |  *  Each of the sixteen bits used in the _Priority_Major_bit_map is
46 |  *  associated with one of the sixteen entries in the _Priority_Bit_map.
47 |  *  Each bit in the _Priority_Bit_map indicates whether or not there are
48 |  *  threads ready at a particular priority.  The mapping of
49 |  *  individual priority levels to particular bits is processor
50 |  *  dependent as is the value of each bit used to indicate that
51 |  *  threads are ready at that priority.
52 |  */
53 | 
54 | SCORE_EXTERN volatile Priority_Bit_map_control _Priority_Major_bit_map;
55 | SCORE_EXTERN Priority_Bit_map_control 
56 |                _Priority_Bit_map[16] CPU_STRUCTURE_ALIGNMENT;
57 | 
58 | void _Priority_Handler_initialization( void );
59 | 
60 | #ifdef __RTEMS_APPLICATION__
61 | #include <libogc/priority.inl>
62 | #endif
63 | 
64 | #ifdef __cplusplus
65 | 	}
66 | #endif
67 | 
68 | #endif
69 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/ogc/semaphore.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*  rtems/posix/semaphore.h
 2 |  *
 3 |  *  This include file contains all the private support information for
 4 |  *  POSIX Semaphores.
 5 |  *
 6 |  *  COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-1999.
 7 |  *  On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).
 8 |  *
 9 |  *  The license and distribution terms for this file may be
10 |  *  found in the file LICENSE in this distribution or at
11 |  *  http://www.OARcorp.com/rtems/license.html.
12 |  *
13 |  *  $Id$
14 |  */
15 | 
16 | #ifndef __SEMAPHORE_H__
17 | #define __SEMAPHORE_H__
18 | 
19 | /*! \file semaphore.h 
20 | \brief Thread subsystem IV
21 | 
22 | */ 
23 | 
24 | #ifdef __cplusplus
25 | extern "C" {
26 | #endif
27 | 
28 | #include <gctypes.h>
29 | 
30 | #define SEM_FAILED              0xffffffff
31 | 
32 | /*! \typedef unsigned32 sem_t
33 | \brief typedef for the semaphore handle
34 | */
35 | typedef unsigned32 sem_t;
36 | 
37 | /*! \fn int sem_init(sem_t *sem,unsigned32 start,unsigned32 max)
38 | \brief Initializes a semaphore.
39 | \param[out] sem pointer to a sem_t handle.
40 | \param[in] start start count of the semaphore
41 | \param[in] max maximum count of the semaphore
42 | 
43 | \return 0 on success, <0 on error
44 | */
45 | int sem_init(
46 |   sem_t      *sem,
47 |   unsigned32  value,
48 |   unsigned32  max
49 | );
50 | 
51 | 
52 | /*! \fn int sem_destroy(sem_t sem)
53 | \brief Close and destroy a semaphore, release all threads and handles locked on this semaphore.
54 | \param[in] sem handle to the sem_t structure.
55 | 
56 | \return 0 on success, <0 on error
57 | */
58 | int sem_destroy(
59 |   sem_t sem
60 | );
61 | 
62 | 
63 | /*! \fn int sem_wait(sem_t sem)
64 | \brief Count down semaphore counter and enter lock if counter <=0
65 | \param[in] sem handle to the sem_t structure.
66 | 
67 | \return 0 on success, <0 on error
68 | */
69 | int sem_wait(
70 |   sem_t sem
71 | );
72 | 
73 | 
74 | /*! \fn int sem_post(sem_t sem)
75 | \brief Count up semaphore counter and release lock if counter >0
76 | \param[in] sem handle to the sem_t structure.
77 | 
78 | \return 0 on success, <0 on error
79 | */
80 | int sem_post(
81 |   sem_t sem
82 | );
83 | 
84 | #ifdef __cplusplus
85 | 	}
86 | #endif
87 | 
88 | #endif
89 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/ogc/stack.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1 | /*  stack.h
  2 |  *
  3 |  *  This include file contains all information about the thread
  4 |  *  Stack Handler.  This Handler provides mechanisms which can be used to
  5 |  *  initialize and utilize stacks.
  6 |  *
  7 |  *  COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-1999.
  8 |  *  On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).
  9 |  *
 10 |  *  The license and distribution terms for this file may be
 11 |  *  found in the file LICENSE in this distribution or at
 12 |  *  http://www.OARcorp.com/rtems/license.html.
 13 |  *
 14 |  *  $Id$
 15 |  */
 16 | 
 17 | #ifndef __STACK_h
 18 | #define __STACK_h
 19 | 
 20 | #ifdef __cplusplus
 21 | extern "C" {
 22 | #endif
 23 | 
 24 | #include <gctypes.h>
 25 | #include <thread.h>
 26 | 
 27 | /*
 28 |  *  This number corresponds to the byte alignment requirement for the
 29 |  *  stack.  This alignment requirement may be stricter than that for the
 30 |  *  data types alignment specified by CPU_ALIGNMENT.  If the CPU_ALIGNMENT
 31 |  *  is strict enough for the stack, then this should be set to 0.
 32 |  *
 33 |  *  NOTE:  This must be a power of 2 either 0 or greater than CPU_ALIGNMENT.
 34 |  */
 35 | 
 36 | #define CPU_STACK_ALIGNMENT             (PPC_STACK_ALIGNMENT)
 37 | 
 38 | /*
 39 |  *  Should be large enough to run all RTEMS tests.  This insures
 40 |  *  that a "reasonable" small application should not have any problems.
 41 |  */
 42 | 
 43 | #define CPU_STACK_MINIMUM_SIZE          (1024*8)
 44 | 
 45 | /*
 46 |  * Needed for Interrupt stack
 47 |  */
 48 | 
 49 | //#define CPU_MINIMUM_STACK_FRAME_SIZE    8 // ??? - "libOGC" uses 16
 50 | #define CPU_MINIMUM_STACK_FRAME_SIZE	16  // ??? - but it should be 8
 51 | 
 52 | /*
 53 |  *  This defines the number of levels and the mask used to pick those
 54 |  *  bits out of a thread mode.
 55 |  */
 56 | 
 57 | #define CPU_MODES_INTERRUPT_MASK        0x00000001 /* interrupt level in mode */
 58 | 
 59 | /*
 60 |  *  The following constant defines the minimum stack size which every
 61 |  *  thread must exceed.
 62 |  */
 63 | 
 64 | #define STACK_MINIMUM_SIZE              CPU_STACK_MINIMUM_SIZE
 65 | 
 66 | /*
 67 |  *  _Thread_Stack_Allocate
 68 |  *  
 69 |  *  DESCRIPTION:
 70 |  *
 71 |  *  Allocate the requested stack space for the thread.
 72 |  *  return the actual size allocated after any adjustment
 73 |  *  or return zero if the allocation failed.
 74 |  *  Set the Start.stack field to the address of the stack
 75 |  *
 76 |  *  NOTES: NONE
 77 |  *
 78 |  */
 79 | 
 80 | unsigned32 _Thread_Stack_Allocate(
 81 |   Thread_Control *the_thread,
 82 |   unsigned32 stack_size
 83 | );
 84 | 
 85 | /*
 86 |  *  _Thread_Stack_Free
 87 |  *
 88 |  *  DESCRIPTION:
 89 |  *
 90 |  *  Deallocate the Thread's stack.
 91 |  *  NOTES: NONE
 92 |  *
 93 |  */
 94 | 
 95 | void _Thread_Stack_Free(
 96 |   Thread_Control *the_thread
 97 | );
 98 | 
 99 | #ifdef __RTEMS_APPLICATION__
100 | #include <libogc/stack.inl>
101 | #endif
102 | 	
103 | #ifdef __cplusplus
104 | 	}
105 | #endif
106 | 
107 | #endif
108 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/ogc/states.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __RTEMS_STATES_h
 2 | #define __RTEMS_STATES_h
 3 | 
 4 | #ifdef __cplusplus
 5 | extern "C" {
 6 | #endif
 7 | 
 8 | #include <gctypes.h>
 9 | 
10 | #define STATES_ALL_SET                         0xfffff /* all states */
11 | #define STATES_READY                           0x00000 /* ready to run */
12 | #define STATES_DORMANT                         0x00001 /* created not started */
13 | #define STATES_SUSPENDED                       0x00002 /* waiting for resume */
14 | #define STATES_TRANSIENT                       0x00004 /* in transition */
15 | #define STATES_DELAYING                        0x00008 /* wait for timeout */
16 | #define STATES_WAITING_FOR_TIME                0x00010 /* wait for TOD */
17 | #define STATES_WAITING_FOR_BUFFER              0x00020 
18 | #define STATES_WAITING_FOR_SEGMENT             0x00040
19 | #define STATES_WAITING_FOR_MESSAGE             0x00080
20 | #define STATES_WAITING_FOR_EVENT               0x00100
21 | #define STATES_WAITING_FOR_MUTEX               0x00200
22 | #define STATES_WAITING_FOR_SEMAPHORE           0x00400
23 | #define STATES_WAITING_FOR_CONDITION_VARIABLE  0x00800
24 | #define STATES_WAITING_FOR_JOIN_AT_EXIT        0x01000
25 | #define STATES_WAITING_FOR_RPC_REPLY           0x02000
26 | #define STATES_WAITING_FOR_PERIOD              0x04000
27 | #define STATES_WAITING_FOR_SIGNAL              0x08000
28 | #define STATES_INTERRUPTIBLE_BY_SIGNAL         0x10000  
29 | 
30 | #define STATES_LOCALLY_BLOCKED ( STATES_WAITING_FOR_BUFFER             | \
31 |                                  STATES_WAITING_FOR_SEGMENT            | \
32 |                                  STATES_WAITING_FOR_MESSAGE            | \
33 |                                  STATES_WAITING_FOR_SEMAPHORE          | \
34 |                                  STATES_WAITING_FOR_MUTEX              | \
35 |                                  STATES_WAITING_FOR_CONDITION_VARIABLE | \
36 |                                  STATES_WAITING_FOR_JOIN_AT_EXIT       | \
37 |                                  STATES_WAITING_FOR_SIGNAL             )
38 |  
39 | #define STATES_WAITING_ON_THREAD_QUEUE \
40 |                                ( STATES_LOCALLY_BLOCKED         | \
41 |                                  STATES_WAITING_FOR_RPC_REPLY   ) 
42 |                                  
43 | #define STATES_BLOCKED         ( STATES_DELAYING                | \
44 |                                  STATES_WAITING_FOR_TIME        | \
45 |                                  STATES_WAITING_FOR_PERIOD      | \
46 |                                  STATES_WAITING_FOR_EVENT       | \
47 |                                  STATES_WAITING_ON_THREAD_QUEUE | \
48 |                                  STATES_INTERRUPTIBLE_BY_SIGNAL ) 
49 | 
50 | #ifdef __RTEMS_APPLICATION__
51 | #include <libogc/states.inl>
52 | #endif
53 | 	
54 | #ifdef __cplusplus
55 | 	}
56 | #endif
57 | 
58 | #endif
59 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/ogc/stm.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*-------------------------------------------------------------
 2 | 
 3 | stm.h - System and miscellaneous hardware control functions
 4 | 
 5 | Copyright (C) 2008
 6 | Michael Wiedenbauer (shagkur)
 7 | Dave Murphy (WinterMute)
 8 | Hector Martin (marcan)
 9 | 
10 | This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
11 | warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any
12 | damages arising from the use of this software.
13 | 
14 | Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
15 | purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
16 | redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
17 | 
18 | 1.	The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
19 | must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
20 | this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
21 | documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
22 | 
23 | 2.	Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
24 | must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
25 | 
26 | 3.	This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
27 | distribution.
28 | 
29 | -------------------------------------------------------------*/
30 | 
31 | #ifndef __STM_H__
32 | #define __STM_H__
33 | 
34 | #if defined(HW_RVL)
35 | 
36 | #include <gctypes.h>
37 | #include <gcutil.h>
38 | 
39 | #define STM_EVENT_RESET		0x00020000
40 | #define STM_EVENT_POWER		0x00000800
41 | 
42 | #define STM_EINVAL			-0x2004
43 | #define STM_ENOTINIT		-0x2100
44 | #define STM_ENOHANDLER		-0x2101
45 | 
46 | #ifdef __cplusplus
47 |    extern "C" {
48 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
49 | 
50 | typedef void (*stmcallback)(u32 event);
51 | 
52 | s32 __STM_Init();
53 | s32 __STM_Close();
54 | s32 STM_ShutdownToStandby();
55 | s32 STM_ShutdownToIdle();
56 | s32 STM_SetLedMode(u32 mode);
57 | s32 STM_RebootSystem();
58 | stmcallback STM_RegisterEventHandler(stmcallback newhandler);
59 | 
60 | #ifdef __cplusplus
61 |    }
62 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
63 | 
64 | #endif /* defined(HW_RVL) */
65 | 
66 | #endif
67 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/ogc/sysstate.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*  sysstates.h
 2 |  *
 3 |  *  This include file contains information regarding the system state.
 4 |  *
 5 |  *  COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-1999.
 6 |  *  On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).
 7 |  *
 8 |  *  The license and distribution terms for this file may be
 9 |  *  found in the file LICENSE in this distribution or at
10 |  *  http://www.OARcorp.com/rtems/license.html.
11 |  *
12 |  *  $Id$
13 |  */
14 | 
15 | #ifndef __RTEMS_SYSTEM_STATE_h
16 | #define __RTEMS_SYSTEM_STATE_h
17 | 
18 | #ifdef __cplusplus
19 | extern "C" {
20 | #endif
21 | 
22 | #include <gctypes.h>
23 | 
24 | #include "lwp_config.h"
25 | 
26 | /* enumerated constants */
27 | 
28 | /*
29 |  *  The following type defines the possible system states.
30 |  */
31 | 
32 | typedef enum {
33 |   SYSTEM_STATE_BEFORE_INITIALIZATION,   /* start -> end of 1st init part */
34 |   SYSTEM_STATE_BEFORE_MULTITASKING,     /* end of 1st -> beginning of 2nd */
35 |   SYSTEM_STATE_BEGIN_MULTITASKING,      /* just before multitasking starts */
36 |   SYSTEM_STATE_UP,                      /* normal operation */
37 |   SYSTEM_STATE_SHUTDOWN,                /* shutdown */
38 |   SYSTEM_STATE_FAILED                   /* fatal error occurred */
39 | } System_state_Codes; 
40 | 
41 | /*
42 |  *  The following variable contains the current system state.
43 |  */
44 | 
45 | SCORE_EXTERN System_state_Codes _System_state_Current;
46 | 
47 | #ifdef __RTEMS_APPLICATION__
48 | #include <libogc/sysstate.inl>
49 | #endif
50 | 
51 | #ifdef __cplusplus
52 | 	}
53 | #endif
54 | 
55 | #endif
56 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/ogc/texconv.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*-------------------------------------------------------------
 2 | 
 3 | texconv.h -- GX texture helper functions
 4 | 
 5 | Copyright (C) 2004
 6 | Michael Wiedenbauer (shagkur)
 7 | Dave Murphy (WinterMute)
 8 | 
 9 | This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
10 | warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any
11 | damages arising from the use of this software.
12 | 
13 | Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
14 | purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
15 | redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
16 | 
17 | 1.	The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
18 | must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
19 | this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
20 | documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
21 | 
22 | 2.	Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
23 | must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
24 | 
25 | 3.	This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
26 | distribution.
27 | 
28 | -------------------------------------------------------------*/
29 | 
30 | 
31 | #ifndef __TEXCONV_H__
32 | #define __TEXTCONV_H__
33 | 
34 | /*!
35 | \file texconv.h
36 | \brief GX texture helper functions
37 | */
38 | 
39 | #include <gctypes.h>
40 | 
41 | #ifdef __cplusplus
42 |    extern "C" {
43 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
44 | 
45 | void MakeTexture565(const void *src,void *dst,s32 width,s32 height);
46 | 
47 | #ifdef __cplusplus
48 |    }
49 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
50 | 
51 | #endif
52 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/ogc/tpl.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __TPL_H__
 2 | #define __TPL_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #include "gx.h"
 5 | 
 6 | #ifdef __cplusplus
 7 |    extern "C" {
 8 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
 9 | 
10 | typedef void* FHANDLE;
11 | 
12 | // tdf file
13 | typedef struct _tplfile {
14 | 	int type;
15 | 	int ntextures;
16 | 	void *texdesc;
17 | 	FHANDLE tpl_file;
18 | } TPLFile;
19 | 
20 | s32 TPL_OpenTPLFromFile(TPLFile* tdf, const char* file_name);
21 | s32 TPL_OpenTPLFromMemory(TPLFile* tdf, void *memory,u32 len);
22 | s32 TPL_GetTexture(TPLFile *tdf,s32 id,GXTexObj *texObj);
23 | s32 TPL_GetTextureCI(TPLFile *tdf,s32 id,GXTexObj *texObj,GXTlutObj *tlutObj,u8 tluts);
24 | s32 TPL_GetTextureInfo(TPLFile *tdf,s32 id,u32 *fmt,u16 *width,u16 *height);
25 | void TPL_CloseTPLFile(TPLFile *tdf);
26 | 
27 | #ifdef __cplusplus
28 |    }
29 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
30 | 
31 | #endif
32 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/ogc/tqdata.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*  tqdata.h
 2 |  *
 3 |  *  This include file contains all the constants and structures
 4 |  *  needed to declare a thread queue.
 5 |  *
 6 |  *  COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-1999.
 7 |  *  On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).
 8 |  *
 9 |  *  The license and distribution terms for this file may be
10 |  *  found in the file LICENSE in this distribution or at
11 |  *  http://www.OARcorp.com/rtems/license.html.
12 |  *
13 |  *  $Id$
14 |  */
15 | 
16 | #ifndef __THREAD_QUEUE_DATA_h
17 | #define __THREAD_QUEUE_DATA_h
18 | 
19 | #ifdef __cplusplus
20 | extern "C" {
21 | #endif
22 | 
23 | #include "chain.h"
24 | #include "priority.h"
25 | 
26 | /*
27 |  *  The following constants are used to manage the priority queues.
28 |  *
29 |  *  There are four chains used to maintain a priority -- each chain
30 |  *  manages a distinct set of task priorities.  The number of chains
31 |  *  is determined by TASK_QUEUE_DATA_NUMBER_OF_PRIORITY_HEADERS.
32 |  *  The following set must be consistent.  
33 |  *
34 |  *  The set below configures 4 headers -- each contains 64 priorities.
35 |  *  Header x manages priority range (x*64) through ((x*64)+63).  If
36 |  *  the priority is more than half way through the priority range it
37 |  *  is in, then the search is performed from the rear of the chain.
38 |  *  This halves the search time to find the insertion point.
39 |  */
40 | 
41 | #define TASK_QUEUE_DATA_NUMBER_OF_PRIORITY_HEADERS 4   
42 | #define TASK_QUEUE_DATA_PRIORITIES_PER_HEADER      64
43 | #define TASK_QUEUE_DATA_REVERSE_SEARCH_MASK        0x20 
44 | 
45 | /*
46 |  *  The following enumerated types indicate what happened while the thread
47 |  *  queue was in the synchronization window.
48 |  */
49 | 
50 | typedef enum {
51 |   THREAD_QUEUE_SYNCHRONIZED,
52 |   THREAD_QUEUE_NOTHING_HAPPENED,
53 |   THREAD_QUEUE_TIMEOUT,
54 |   THREAD_QUEUE_SATISFIED
55 | }  Thread_queue_States;
56 | 
57 | /*
58 |  *  The following enumerated type details all of the disciplines
59 |  *  supported by the Thread Queue Handler.
60 |  */
61 | 
62 | typedef enum {
63 |   THREAD_QUEUE_DISCIPLINE_FIFO,     /* FIFO queue discipline */
64 |   THREAD_QUEUE_DISCIPLINE_PRIORITY  /* PRIORITY queue discipline */
65 | }   Thread_queue_Disciplines;
66 | 
67 | typedef struct {
68 |   union {
69 |     Chain_Control Fifo;                /* FIFO discipline list           */
70 |     Chain_Control Priority[TASK_QUEUE_DATA_NUMBER_OF_PRIORITY_HEADERS];
71 |                                        /* priority discipline list       */
72 |   } Queues;
73 |   Thread_queue_States      sync_state; /* alloc/dealloc critical section */
74 |   Thread_queue_Disciplines discipline; /* queue discipline               */
75 |   States_Control           state;      /* state of threads on Thread_q   */
76 |   unsigned32               timeout_status;
77 | }   Thread_queue_Control;
78 | 
79 | #ifdef __cplusplus
80 | 	}
81 | #endif
82 | 
83 | #endif
84 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/ogc/usbgecko.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __USBGECKO_H___
 2 | #define __USBGECKO_H___
 3 | 
 4 | #include <gctypes.h>
 5 | 
 6 | #ifdef __cplusplus
 7 |    extern "C" {
 8 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
 9 | 
10 | void usb_flush(s32 chn);
11 | int usb_isgeckoalive(s32 chn);
12 | int usb_recvbuffer(s32 chn,void *buffer,int size);
13 | int usb_sendbuffer(s32 chn,const void *buffer,int size);
14 | int usb_recvbuffer_safe(s32 chn,void *buffer,int size);
15 | int usb_sendbuffer_safe(s32 chn,const void *buffer,int size);
16 | int usb_recvbuffer_ex(s32 chn,void *buffer,int size, int retries);
17 | int usb_sendbuffer_ex(s32 chn,const void *buffer,int size, int retries);
18 | int usb_recvbuffer_safe_ex(s32 chn,void *buffer,int size, int retries);
19 | int usb_sendbuffer_safe_ex(s32 chn,const void *buffer,int size, int retries);
20 | int usb_flashread(s32 chn, u32 offset, void *buffer, size_t length);
21 | int usb_flashwrite(s32 chn, u32 offset, const void *buffer, size_t length);
22 | int usb_flashverify(s32 chn);
23 | 
24 | #ifdef __cplusplus
25 |    }
26 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
27 | 
28 | #endif
29 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/ogc/usbmouse.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __USBMOUSE_H__
 2 | #define __USBMOUSE_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #if defined(HW_RVL)
 5 | 
 6 | #ifdef __cplusplus
 7 |    extern "C" {
 8 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
 9 | 
10 | typedef struct {
11 | 	u8 button;
12 | 	int rx;
13 | 	int ry;
14 | 	int rz;
15 | } mouse_event;
16 | 
17 | s32 MOUSE_Init(void);
18 | s32 MOUSE_Deinit(void);
19 | 
20 | s32 MOUSE_GetEvent(mouse_event *event);
21 | s32 MOUSE_FlushEvents(void);
22 | bool MOUSE_IsConnected(void);
23 | 
24 | #ifdef __cplusplus
25 |    }
26 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
27 | 
28 | #endif
29 | 
30 | #endif
31 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/ogc/usbstorage.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __USBSTORAGE_H__
 2 | #define __USBSTORAGE_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #if defined(HW_RVL)
 5 | 
 6 | #include <gctypes.h>
 7 | #include <ogc/mutex.h>
 8 | #include <ogc/disc_io.h>
 9 | #include <ogc/system.h>
10 | 
11 | #ifdef __cplusplus
12 |    extern "C" {
13 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
14 | 
15 | #define	USBSTORAGE_OK			0
16 | #define	USBSTORAGE_ENOINTERFACE		-10000
17 | #define	USBSTORAGE_ESENSE		-10001
18 | #define	USBSTORAGE_ESHORTWRITE		-10002
19 | #define	USBSTORAGE_ESHORTREAD		-10003
20 | #define	USBSTORAGE_ESIGNATURE		-10004
21 | #define	USBSTORAGE_ETAG			-10005
22 | #define	USBSTORAGE_ESTATUS		-10006
23 | #define	USBSTORAGE_EDATARESIDUE		-10007
24 | #define	USBSTORAGE_ETIMEDOUT		-10008
25 | #define	USBSTORAGE_EINIT		-10009
26 | #define USBSTORAGE_PROCESSING	-10010
27 | 
28 | typedef struct
29 | {
30 | 	u8 configuration;
31 | 	u32 interface;
32 | 	u32 altInterface;
33 | 	u8 bInterfaceSubClass;
34 | 
35 | 	u8 ep_in;
36 | 	u8 ep_out;
37 | 
38 | 	u8 max_lun;
39 | 	u32 *sector_size;
40 | 
41 | 	s32 usb_fd;
42 | 
43 | 	pthread_mutex_t lock;
44 | 	syswd_t alarm;
45 | 	s32 retval;
46 | 
47 | 	u32 tag;
48 | 	u8 suspended;
49 | 
50 | 	u8 *buffer;
51 | } usbstorage_handle;
52 | 
53 | #define B_RAW_DEVICE_DATA_IN 0x01
54 | #define B_RAW_DEVICE_COMMAND 0
55 | 
56 | typedef struct {
57 |    uint8_t         command[16];
58 |    uint8_t         command_length;
59 |    uint8_t         flags;
60 |    uint8_t         scsi_status;
61 |    void*           data;
62 |    size_t          data_length;
63 | } raw_device_command;
64 | 
65 | s32 USBStorage_Initialize();
66 | 
67 | s32 USBStorage_Open(usbstorage_handle *dev, s32 device_id, u16 vid, u16 pid);
68 | s32 USBStorage_Close(usbstorage_handle *dev);
69 | s32 USBStorage_Reset(usbstorage_handle *dev);
70 | 
71 | s32 USBStorage_GetMaxLUN(usbstorage_handle *dev);
72 | s32 USBStorage_MountLUN(usbstorage_handle *dev, u8 lun);
73 | s32 USBStorage_Suspend(usbstorage_handle *dev);
74 | s32 USBStorage_IsDVD();
75 | s32 USBStorage_ioctl(int request, ...);
76 | 
77 | s32 USBStorage_ReadCapacity(usbstorage_handle *dev, u8 lun, u32 *sector_size, u32 *n_sectors);
78 | s32 USBStorage_Read(usbstorage_handle *dev, u8 lun, u32 sector, u16 n_sectors, u8 *buffer);
79 | s32 USBStorage_Write(usbstorage_handle *dev, u8 lun, u32 sector, u16 n_sectors, const u8 *buffer);
80 | s32 USBStorage_StartStop(usbstorage_handle *dev, u8 lun, u8 lo_ej, u8 start, u8 imm);
81 | 
82 | #define DEVICE_TYPE_WII_USB (('W'<<24)|('U'<<16)|('S'<<8)|'B')
83 | 
84 | extern DISC_INTERFACE __io_usbstorage;
85 | 
86 | #ifdef __cplusplus
87 |    }
88 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
89 | 
90 | #endif /* HW_RVL */
91 | 
92 | #endif /* __USBSTORAGE_H__ */
93 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/ogc/wiilaunch.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*-------------------------------------------------------------
 2 | 
 3 | wiilaunch.h -- Wii NAND title launching and argument passing
 4 | 
 5 | Copyright (C) 2008
 6 | Hector Martin (marcan)
 7 | 
 8 | This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
 9 | warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any
10 | damages arising from the use of this software.
11 | 
12 | Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
13 | purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
14 | redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
15 | 
16 | 1.	The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
17 | must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
18 | this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
19 | documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
20 | 
21 | 2.	Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
22 | must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
23 | 
24 | 3.	This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
25 | distribution.
26 | 
27 | -------------------------------------------------------------*/
28 | 
29 | #if defined(HW_RVL)
30 | 
31 | #ifndef __WIILAUNCH_H__
32 | #define __WIILAUNCH_H__
33 | 
34 | #include <gctypes.h>
35 | #include <gcutil.h>
36 | 
37 | // not initialized
38 | #define WII_ENOTINIT	-0x9001
39 | // internal error
40 | #define WII_EINTERNAL	-0x9002
41 | // checksum error
42 | #define WII_ECHECKSUM	-0x9003
43 | // required title not installed
44 | #define WII_EINSTALL	-0x9004
45 | // argument list too big
46 | #define WII_E2BIG		-0x9005
47 | 
48 | // you probably shouldn't use anything not in this list, since those may change
49 | // these are guaranteed to exist because Nintendo hardcodes them
50 | // any category not on this list will cause a hang when the settings menu tries to do the animation
51 | // however, settings items contained in one of the following categories will work
52 | // nonexistent items will cause a 404
53 | #define SETTINGS_CALENDAR			"Calendar/Calendar_index.html"
54 | #define SETTINGS_DISPLAY			"Display/Display_index.html"
55 | #define SETTINGS_SOUND				"Sound/Sound_index.html"
56 | #define SETTINGS_PARENTAL			"Parental_Control/Parental_Control_index.html"
57 | #define SETTINGS_INTERNET			"Internet/Internet_index.html"
58 | #define SETTINGS_WC24				"WiiConnect24/Wiiconnect24_index.html"
59 | #define SETTINGS_UPDATE				"Update/Update_index.html"
60 | 
61 | #ifdef __cplusplus
62 |    extern "C" {
63 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
64 | 
65 | s32 WII_Initialize(void);
66 | s32 WII_ReturnToMenu(void);
67 | s32 WII_ReturnToSettings(void);
68 | s32 WII_ReturnToSettingsPage(const char *page);
69 | s32 WII_LaunchTitle(u64 titleID);
70 | s32 WII_LaunchTitleWithArgs(u64 titleID, int launchcode, ...);
71 | s32 WII_OpenURL(const char *url);
72 | 
73 | #ifdef __cplusplus
74 |    }
75 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
76 | 
77 | #endif
78 | 
79 | #endif
80 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/ogc/wkspace.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*  wkspace.h
 2 |  *
 3 |  *  This include file contains information related to the 
 4 |  *  RAM Workspace.  This Handler provides mechanisms which can be used to
 5 |  *  define, initialize and manipulate the workspace.
 6 |  *
 7 |  *  COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-1999.
 8 |  *  On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).
 9 |  *
10 |  *  The license and distribution terms for this file may be
11 |  *  found in the file LICENSE in this distribution or at
12 |  *  http://www.OARcorp.com/rtems/license.html.
13 |  *
14 |  *  $Id$
15 |  */
16 | 
17 | #ifndef __WORKSPACE_h
18 | #define __WORKSPACE_h
19 | 
20 | #ifdef __cplusplus
21 | extern "C" {
22 | #endif
23 | 
24 | #include <gctypes.h>
25 | #include <heap.h>
26 | 
27 | /*
28 |  *  The following is used to manage the Workspace.
29 |  *
30 |  */
31 | 
32 | SCORE_EXTERN Heap_Control _Workspace_Area;  /* executive heap header */
33 | 
34 | /*
35 |  *  _Workspace_Handler_initialization
36 |  *
37 |  *  DESCRIPTION:
38 |  *
39 |  *  This routine performs the initialization necessary for this handler.
40 |  */
41 | 
42 | void _Workspace_Handler_initialization(
43 |   unsigned32  size
44 | );
45 | 
46 | #ifdef __RTEMS_APPLICATION__
47 | #include <libogc/wkspace.inl>
48 | #endif
49 | 
50 | #ifdef __cplusplus
51 | 	}
52 | #endif
53 | 
54 | #endif
55 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/ogcsys.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __OGCSYS_H__
 2 | #define __OGCSYS_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #include <gccore.h>
 5 | #include <sys/types.h>
 6 | 
 7 | #if defined(HW_RVL)
 8 | 	#define TB_BUS_CLOCK				243000000u
 9 | 	#define TB_CORE_CLOCK				729000000u
10 | #elif defined(HW_DOL)
11 | 	#define TB_BUS_CLOCK				162000000u
12 | 	#define TB_CORE_CLOCK				486000000u
13 | #endif
14 | #define TB_TIMER_CLOCK					(TB_BUS_CLOCK/4000)			//4th of the bus frequency
15 | 
16 | #define TB_MSPERSEC						1000
17 | #define TB_USPERSEC						1000000
18 | #define TB_NSPERSEC						1000000000
19 | #define TB_NSPERMS						1000000
20 | #define TB_NSPERUS						1000
21 | #define TB_USPERTICK					10000
22 | 
23 | #define TB_SECSPERMIN					60
24 | #define TB_MINSPERHR					60
25 | #define TB_MONSPERYR					12
26 | #define TB_DAYSPERYR					365
27 | #define TB_HRSPERDAY					24
28 | #define TB_SECSPERDAY					(TB_SECSPERMIN*TB_MINSPERHR*TB_HRSPERDAY)
29 | #define TB_SECSPERNYR					(365*TB_SECSPERDAY)
30 | 
31 | #ifdef __cplusplus
32 | 	extern "C" {
33 | #endif
34 | 
35 | int nanosleep(struct timespec *tb);
36 | 
37 | #ifdef __cplusplus
38 | 	}
39 | #endif
40 | 
41 | #endif
42 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/sdcard/card_buf.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __CARD_BUF_H__
 2 | #define __CARD_BUF_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #include <gctypes.h>
 5 | 
 6 | #ifdef __cplusplus
 7 | 	extern "C" {
 8 | #endif
 9 | 
10 | void sdgecko_initBufferPool();
11 | u8*	sdgecko_allocBuffer();
12 | void sdgecko_freeBuffer(u8 *buf);
13 | 
14 | #ifdef __cplusplus
15 | 	}
16 | #endif
17 | 
18 | #endif
19 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/sdcard/card_cmn.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __CARD_CMN_H__
 2 | #define __CARD_CMN_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #include <gctypes.h>
 5 | 
 6 | #define CARDIO_ERROR_READY				 0
 7 | #define CARDIO_ERROR_BUSY				-1
 8 | #define CARDIO_ERROR_WRONGDEVICE		-2
 9 | #define CARDIO_ERROR_NOCARD				-3
10 | #define CARDIO_ERROR_IDLE				-4
11 | #define CARDIO_ERROR_IOERROR			-5
12 | #define CARDIO_ERROR_IOTIMEOUT			-6
13 | 
14 | #define CARDIO_ERROR_NOTPERMITTED		-107
15 | #define CARDIO_ERROR_ROOTENTRY			-108
16 | #define CARDIO_ERROR_OUTOFROOTENTRY		-109
17 | #define CARDIO_ERROR_FILEEXIST			-110
18 | #define CARDIO_ERROR_NOEMPTYCLUSTER		-111
19 | #define CARDIO_ERROR_EOF				-112
20 | #define CARDIO_ERROR_SYSTEMPARAM		-113
21 | #define CARDIO_ERROR_FILEOPENED			-114
22 | #define CARDIO_ERROR_FILENOTOPENED		-115
23 | #define CARDIO_ERROR_FILENAMETOOLONG	-116
24 | #define CARDIO_ERROR_INVALIDNAME		-117
25 | #define CARDIO_ERROR_NOLONGNAME			-118
26 | #define CARDIO_ERROR_INCORRECTFAT		-119
27 | #define CARDIO_ERROR_NOTFOUND			-120
28 | #define CARDIO_ERROR_OUTOFMEMORY		-121
29 | #define CARDIO_ERROR_INVALIDFAT			-122
30 | #define CARDIO_ERROR_INVALIDMBR			-123
31 | #define CARDIO_ERROR_INVALIDPBR			-124
32 | #define CARDIO_ERROR_NOEMPTYBLOCK		-125
33 | #define CARDIO_ERROR_INTERNAL			-126
34 | #define CARDIO_ERROR_INVALIDPARAM		-127
35 | #define CARDIO_ERROR_FATALERROR			-128
36 | 
37 | #define MAX_DRIVE						2
38 | #define SECTOR_SIZE						512
39 | 
40 | #define NOT_INITIALIZED					0
41 | #define INITIALIZING					1
42 | #define INITIALIZED						2
43 | 
44 | #ifdef __cplusplus
45 |    extern "C" {
46 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
47 | 
48 | typedef struct _dev_info {
49 | 	u32 CpV;
50 | 	u32 HpC;
51 | 	u32 SpH;
52 | 	u32 allS;
53 | 	u32 szS;
54 | 	u32 PBpV;
55 | 	u32 LBpV;
56 | 	u32 SpB;
57 | 	u32 PpB;
58 | 	u32 szP;
59 | } DEV_INFO;
60 | 
61 | #ifdef __cplusplus
62 |    }
63 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
64 | 
65 | #endif
66 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/sdcard/card_io.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __CARD_IO_H__
 2 | #define __CARD_IO_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #include <gctypes.h>
 5 | 
 6 | #define MAX_MI_NUM							1
 7 | #define MAX_DI_NUM							5
 8 | 
 9 | #define PAGE_SIZE256						256
10 | #define PAGE_SIZE512						512
11 | 
12 | /* CID Register */
13 | #define MANUFACTURER_ID(drv_no)				((u8)(g_CID[drv_no][0]))
14 | 
15 | /* CSD Register */
16 | #define READ_BL_LEN(drv_no)					((u8)(g_CSD[drv_no][5]&0x0f))
17 | #define WRITE_BL_LEN(drv_no)				((u8)((g_CSD[drv_no][12]&0x03)<<2)|((g_CSD[drv_no][13]>>6)&0x03))
18 | #define C_SIZE(drv_no)						((u16)(((g_CSD[drv_no][6]&0x03)<<10)|(g_CSD[drv_no][7]<<2)|((g_CSD[drv_no][8]>>6)&0x03)))
19 | #define C_SIZE_MULT(drv_no)					((u8)((g_CSD[drv_no][9]&0x03)<<1)|((g_CSD[drv_no][10]>>7)&0x01))
20 | 
21 | #ifdef __cplusplus
22 |    extern "C" {
23 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
24 | 
25 | extern u8 g_CSD[MAX_DRIVE][16];
26 | extern u8 g_CID[MAX_DRIVE][16];
27 | extern u8 g_mCode[MAX_MI_NUM];
28 | extern u16 g_dCode[MAX_MI_NUM][MAX_DI_NUM];
29 | 
30 | 
31 | void sdgecko_initIODefault();
32 | s32 sdgecko_initIO(s32 drv_no);
33 | s32 sdgecko_preIO(s32 drv_no);
34 | s32 sdgecko_readCID(s32 drv_no);
35 | s32 sdgecko_readCSD(s32 drv_no);
36 | s32 sdgecko_readStatus(s32 drv_no);
37 | s32 sdgecko_readSectors(s32 drv_no,u32 sector_no,u32 num_sectors,void *buf);
38 | s32 sdgecko_writeSector(s32 drv_no,u32 sector_no,const void *buf,u32 len);
39 | s32 sdgecko_writeSectors(s32 drv_no,u32 sector_no,u32 num_sectors,const void *buf);
40 | 
41 | s32 sdgecko_doUnmount(s32 drv_no);
42 | 
43 | void sdgecko_insertedCB(s32 drv_no);
44 | void sdgecko_ejectedCB(s32 drv_no);
45 | 
46 | 
47 | #ifdef __cplusplus
48 |    }
49 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
50 | 
51 | #endif
52 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/sdcard/gcsd.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 | 
 3 | 	gcsd.h
 4 | 
 5 | 	Hardware routines for reading and writing to SD geckos connected
 6 | 	to the memory card ports.
 7 | 
 8 | 	These functions are just wrappers around libsdcard's functions.
 9 | 
10 |  Copyright (c) 2008 Sven "svpe" Peter <svpe@gmx.net>
11 | 	
12 |  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
13 |  are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
14 | 
15 |   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
16 |      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
17 |   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
18 |      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or
19 |      other materials provided with the distribution.
20 |   3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
21 |      from this software without specific prior written permission.
22 | 
23 |  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
24 |  WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
25 |  AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
26 |  LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
27 |  DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
28 |  LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
29 |  THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
30 |  (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
31 |  EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
32 | */
33 | 
34 | #ifndef __GCSD_H__
35 | #define __GCSD_H__
36 | 
37 | #include <gccore.h>
38 | #include <ogc/disc_io.h>
39 | 
40 | #define DEVICE_TYPE_GC_SD	(('G'<<24)|('C'<<16)|('S'<<8)|'D')
41 | 
42 | extern const DISC_INTERFACE __io_gcsda;
43 | extern const DISC_INTERFACE __io_gcsdb;
44 | 
45 | #endif
46 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/sdcard/wiisd_io.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 | 
 3 |   wii_sd.h
 4 | 
 5 |   Hardware interface for libfat Wii internal SD
 6 | 
 7 |  Copyright (c) 2008
 8 |    Michael Wiedenbauer (shagkur)
 9 |    Dave Murphy (WinterMute)
10 | 
11 | 	
12 |  Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
13 |  are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
14 | 
15 |   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
16 |      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
17 |   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
18 |      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or
19 |      other materials provided with the distribution.
20 |   3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived
21 |      from this software without specific prior written permission.
22 | 
23 |  THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
24 |  WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
25 |  AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE
26 |  LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
27 |  DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
28 |  LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY
29 |  THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
30 |  (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
31 |  EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
32 | */
33 | 
34 | #ifndef __WIISD_IO_H__
35 | #define __WIISD_IO_H__
36 | 
37 | #include <gctypes.h>
38 | #include <ogc/disc_io.h>
39 | 
40 | #define DEVICE_TYPE_WII_SD (('W'<<24)|('I'<<16)|('S'<<8)|'D')
41 | 
42 | extern const DISC_INTERFACE __io_wiisd;
43 | 
44 | #endif
45 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/wiikeyboard/keyboard.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*-------------------------------------------------------------
 2 | 
 3 | keyboard.h -- keyboard event system
 4 | 
 5 | Copyright (C) 2008, 2009
 6 | DAVY Guillaume davyg2@gmail.com
 7 | Brian Johnson brijohn@gmail.com
 8 | dhewg
 9 | 
10 | This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
11 | warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any
12 | damages arising from the use of this software.
13 | 
14 | Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
15 | purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
16 | redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
17 | 
18 | 1.	The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
19 | must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
20 | this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
21 | documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
22 | 
23 | 2.	Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
24 | must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
25 | 
26 | 3.	This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
27 | distribution.
28 | 
29 | -------------------------------------------------------------*/
30 | 
31 | #ifndef __KEYBOARD_H__
32 | #define __KEYBOARD_H__
33 | 
34 | #include "wsksymdef.h"
35 | 
36 | #define MOD_SHIFT_L		(1 << 0)
37 | #define MOD_SHIFT_R		(1 << 1)
38 | #define MOD_SHIFTLOCK		(1 << 2)
39 | #define MOD_CAPSLOCK		(1 << 3)
40 | #define MOD_CONTROL_L		(1 << 4)
41 | #define MOD_CONTROL_R		(1 << 5)
42 | #define MOD_META_L		(1 << 6)
43 | #define MOD_META_R		(1 << 7)
44 | #define MOD_MODESHIFT		(1 << 8)
45 | #define MOD_NUMLOCK		(1 << 9)
46 | #define MOD_COMPOSE		(1 << 10)
47 | #define MOD_HOLDSCREEN		(1 << 11)
48 | #define MOD_COMMAND		(1 << 12)
49 | #define MOD_COMMAND1		(1 << 13)
50 | #define MOD_COMMAND2		(1 << 14)
51 | #define MOD_MODELOCK		(1 << 15)
52 | 
53 | #define MOD_ANYSHIFT		(MOD_SHIFT_L | MOD_SHIFT_R | MOD_SHIFTLOCK)
54 | #define MOD_ANYCONTROL		(MOD_CONTROL_L | MOD_CONTROL_R)
55 | #define MOD_ANYMETA		(MOD_META_L | MOD_META_R)
56 | 
57 | #define MOD_ONESET(val, mask)	(((val) & (mask)) != 0)
58 | #define MOD_ALLSET(val, mask)	(((val) & (mask)) == (mask))
59 | 
60 | #ifdef __cplusplus
61 |    extern "C" {
62 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
63 | 
64 | typedef enum {
65 | 	KEYBOARD_CONNECTED,
66 | 	KEYBOARD_DISCONNECTED,
67 | 	KEYBOARD_PRESSED,
68 | 	KEYBOARD_RELEASED
69 | } keyboard_event_type;
70 | 
71 | typedef struct {
72 | 	keyboard_event_type type;
73 | 	u16 modifiers;
74 | 	u8 keycode;
75 | 	u16 symbol;
76 | } keyboard_event;
77 | 
78 | typedef void (*keyPressCallback)(char symbol);
79 | 
80 | s32 KEYBOARD_Init(keyPressCallback keypress_cb);
81 | s32 KEYBOARD_Deinit(void);
82 | 
83 | s32 KEYBOARD_GetEvent(keyboard_event *event);
84 | s32 KEYBOARD_FlushEvents(void);
85 | 
86 | 
87 | #ifdef __cplusplus
88 |    }
89 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
90 | 
91 | #endif /* __KEYBOARD_H__ */
92 | 
93 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gc/wiikeyboard/usbkeyboard.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*-------------------------------------------------------------
 2 | 
 3 | usbkeyboard.h -- Usb keyboard support(boot protocol)
 4 | 
 5 | Copyright (C) 2008, 2009
 6 | DAVY Guillaume davyg2@gmail.com
 7 | dhewg
 8 | 
 9 | This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
10 | warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any
11 | damages arising from the use of this software.
12 | 
13 | Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
14 | purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
15 | redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
16 | 
17 | 1.	The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
18 | must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
19 | this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
20 | documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
21 | 
22 | 2.	Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
23 | must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
24 | 
25 | 3.	This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
26 | distribution.
27 | 
28 | -------------------------------------------------------------*/
29 | 
30 | #ifndef __USBKEYBOARD_H__
31 | #define __USBKEYBOARD_H__
32 | 
33 | #ifdef __cplusplus
34 |    extern "C" {
35 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
36 | 
37 | typedef enum
38 | {
39 | 	USBKEYBOARD_PRESSED = 0,
40 | 	USBKEYBOARD_RELEASED,
41 | 	USBKEYBOARD_DISCONNECTED
42 | } USBKeyboard_eventType;
43 | 
44 | typedef enum
45 | {
46 | 	USBKEYBOARD_LEDNUM = 0,
47 | 	USBKEYBOARD_LEDCAPS,
48 | 	USBKEYBOARD_LEDSCROLL
49 | } USBKeyboard_led;
50 | 
51 | typedef struct
52 | {
53 | 	USBKeyboard_eventType type;
54 | 	u8 keyCode;
55 | } USBKeyboard_event;
56 | 
57 | typedef void (*eventcallback) (USBKeyboard_event event);
58 | 
59 | s32 USBKeyboard_Initialize(void);
60 | s32 USBKeyboard_Deinitialize(void);
61 | 
62 | s32 USBKeyboard_Open(const eventcallback cb);
63 | void USBKeyboard_Close(void);
64 | 
65 | bool USBKeyboard_IsConnected(void);
66 | s32 USBKeyboard_Scan(void);
67 | 
68 | s32 USBKeyboard_SetLed(const USBKeyboard_led led, bool on);
69 | s32 USBKeyboard_ToggleLed(const USBKeyboard_led led);
70 | 
71 | #ifdef __cplusplus
72 |    }
73 | #endif /* __cplusplus */
74 | 
75 | #endif /* __USBKEYBOARD_H__ */
76 | 
77 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/gcsdk.dsw:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | Microsoft Developer Studio Workspace File, Format Version 6.00
 2 | # WARNING: DO NOT EDIT OR DELETE THIS WORKSPACE FILE!
 3 | 
 4 | ###############################################################################
 5 | 
 6 | Project: "gcsdk"=.\gcsdk.dsp - Package Owner=<4>
 7 | 
 8 | Package=<5>
 9 | {{{
10 | }}}
11 | 
12 | Package=<4>
13 | {{{
14 | }}}
15 | 
16 | ###############################################################################
17 | 
18 | Global:
19 | 
20 | Package=<5>
21 | {{{
22 | }}}
23 | 
24 | Package=<3>
25 | {{{
26 | }}}
27 | 
28 | ###############################################################################
29 | 
30 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libdb/debug_if.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __DEBUG_IF_H__
 2 | #define __DEBUG_IF_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #include <gctypes.h>
 5 | 
 6 | #define GDBSTUB_DEVICE_USB		0
 7 | #define GDBSTUB_DEVICE_TCP		1
 8 | 
 9 | struct dbginterface
10 | {
11 | 	s32 fhndl;
12 | 
13 | 	int (*open)(struct dbginterface *device);
14 | 	int (*close)(struct dbginterface *device);
15 | 	int (*wait)(struct dbginterface *device);
16 | 	int (*read)(struct dbginterface *device,void *buffer,int size);
17 | 	int (*write)(struct dbginterface *devicec,const void *buffer,int size);
18 | };
19 | 
20 | #endif
21 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libdb/debug_supp.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __DEBUG_SUPP_H__
 2 | #define __DEBUG_SUPP_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #include <gctypes.h>
 5 | 
 6 | #define QM_MAXTHREADS			(20)
 7 | 
 8 | struct gdbstub_threadinfo {
 9 | 	char display[256];
10 | 	char more_display[256];
11 | 	char name[256];
12 | };
13 | 
14 | s32 gdbstub_getcurrentthread();
15 | s32 hstr2nibble(const char *buf,s32 *nibble);
16 | char* int2vhstr(char *buf,s32 val);
17 | char* mem2hstr(char *buf,const char *mem,s32 count);
18 | char* thread2vhstr(char *buf,s32 thread);
19 | const char* vhstr2thread(const char *buf,s32 *thread);
20 | Thread_Control* gdbstub_indextoid(s32 thread);
21 | s32 gdbstub_getoffsets(char **textaddr,char **dataaddr,char **bssaddr);
22 | s32 parsezbreak(const char *in,int *type,char **addr,int *len);
23 | s32 gdbstub_getthreadinfo(s32 thread,struct gdbstub_threadinfo *info);
24 | s32 parseqp(const char *in,s32 *mask,s32 *thread);
25 | void packqq(char *out,s32 mask,s32 thread,struct gdbstub_threadinfo *info);
26 | char* reserve_qmheader(char *out);
27 | s32 parseql(const char *in,s32 *first,s32 *max_cnt,s32 *athread);
28 | s32 gdbstub_getnextthread(s32 athread);
29 | char* packqmthread(char *out,s32 thread);
30 | void packqmheader(char *out,s32 count,s32 done,s32 athread);
31 | 
32 | #endif
33 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libdb/geckousb.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | #ifndef __GECKOUSB_H___
2 | #define __GECKOUSB_H___
3 | 
4 | #include "debug_if.h"
5 | 
6 | struct dbginterface* usb_init(s32 channel);
7 | 
8 | #endif
9 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libdb/tcpip.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __TCPIP_H__
 2 | #define __TCPIP_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #include "uIP/uip.h"
 5 | #include <sys/time.h>
 6 | #include <sys/types.h>
 7 | 
 8 | #define AF_UNSPEC			0
 9 | #define AF_INET				2
10 | #define PF_INET				AF_INET
11 | #define PF_UNSPEC			AF_UNSPEC
12 | 
13 | #define INADDR_ANY			0
14 | #define INADDR_BROADCAST	0xffffffff
15 | 
16 | #ifndef socklen_t
17 | #define socklen_t u32_t
18 | #endif
19 | 
20 | #ifndef HAVE_IN_ADDR
21 | #define HAVE_IN_ADDR
22 | struct in_addr {
23 |   u32 s_addr;
24 | };
25 | #endif
26 | 
27 | struct sockaddr_in {
28 |   u8 sin_len;
29 |   u8 sin_family;
30 |   u16 sin_port;
31 |   struct in_addr sin_addr;
32 |   s8 sin_zero[8];
33 | };
34 | 
35 | struct sockaddr {
36 |   u8 sa_len;
37 |   u8 sa_family;
38 |   s8 sa_data[14];
39 | };
40 | 
41 | struct dbginterface* tcpip_init(struct uip_ip_addr *localip,struct uip_ip_addr *netmask,struct uip_ip_addr *gateway,u16 port);
42 | 
43 | void tcpip_close(s32_t s);
44 | void tcpip_starttimer(s32_t s);
45 | void tcpip_stoptimer(s32_t s);
46 | s32_t tcpip_socket();
47 | s32_t tcpip_listen(s32_t s,u32_t backlog);
48 | s32_t tcpip_bind(s32_t s,struct sockaddr *name,socklen_t *namelen);
49 | s32_t tcpip_accept(s32_t s);
50 | s32_t tcpip_read(s32_t s,void *buffer,u32_t len);
51 | s32_t tcpip_write(s32_t s,const void *buffer,u32_t len);
52 | 
53 | #endif
54 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libdb/uIP/bba.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __BBA_DBG_H__
 2 | #define __BBA_DBG_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #include "uip.h"
 5 | 
 6 | struct uip_netif;
 7 | 
 8 | typedef void* uipdev_s;
 9 | 
10 | uipdev_s uip_bba_create(struct uip_netif *dev);
11 | s8_t uip_bba_init(struct uip_netif *dev);
12 | void uip_bba_poll(struct uip_netif *dev);
13 | 
14 | #endif
15 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libdb/uIP/memb.c:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #include <stdlib.h>
 2 | #include <string.h>
 3 | 
 4 | #include "uip.h"
 5 | #include "memb.h"
 6 | 
 7 | void memb_init(struct memb_blks *blk)
 8 | {
 9 | 	UIP_MEMSET(blk->mem,0,(MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(blk->size)+sizeof(u32))*blk->num);
10 | }
11 | 
12 | void* memb_alloc(struct memb_blks *blk)
13 | {
14 | 	s32 i;
15 | 	u32 *ptr;
16 | 	
17 | 	ptr = (u32*)blk->mem;
18 | 	for(i=0;i<blk->num;i++) {
19 | 		if(*ptr==0) {
20 | 			++(*ptr);
21 | 			return (void*)(ptr+1);
22 | 		}
23 | 		ptr = (u32*)(u8*)ptr+(MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(blk->size)+sizeof(u32));
24 | 	}
25 | 	return NULL;
26 | }
27 | 
28 | u8 memb_free(struct memb_blks *blk,void *ptr)
29 | {
30 | 	s32 i;
31 | 	u32 *ptr2,*ptr1;
32 | 
33 | 	ptr1 = ptr;
34 | 	ptr2 = (u32*)blk->mem;
35 | 	for(i=0;i<blk->num;i++) {
36 | 		if(ptr2==(ptr1 - 1)) {
37 | 			return --(*ptr2);
38 | 		}
39 | 		ptr2 = (u32*)(u8*)ptr2+(MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(blk->size)+sizeof(u32));
40 | 	}
41 | 	return -1;
42 | }
43 | 
44 | u8 memb_ref(struct memb_blks *blk,void *ptr)
45 | {
46 | 	u32 *pref = ptr-sizeof(u32);
47 | 	return ++(*pref);
48 | }
49 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libdb/uIP/memb.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __MEMB_H__
 2 | #define __MEMB_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #include <gctypes.h>
 5 | 
 6 | #define MEMB(name,size,num)										\
 7 | 	static u8 memb_mem_##name[(MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(size)+sizeof(u32))*num];		\
 8 | 	static struct memb_blks name = {size,num,memb_mem_##name}
 9 | 
10 | struct memb_blks {
11 | 	u16 size;
12 | 	u16 num;
13 | 	u8 *mem;
14 | };
15 | 
16 | void memb_init(struct memb_blks *blk);
17 | void* memb_alloc(struct memb_blks *blk);
18 | u8 memb_free(struct memb_blks *blk,void *ptr);
19 | u8 memb_ref(struct memb_blks *blk,void *ptr);
20 | 
21 | #endif
22 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libdb/uIP/memr.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __MEMR_H__
 2 | #define __MEMR_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #include <gctypes.h>
 5 | 
 6 | void memr_init();
 7 | void* memr_malloc(u32 size);
 8 | void memr_free(void *ptr);
 9 | void* memr_realloc(void *ptr,u32 newsize);
10 | void* memr_reallocm(void *ptr,u32 newsize);
11 | 
12 | #endif
13 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libdb/uIP/uip_icmp.c:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1 | #include <stdlib.h>
  2 | #include <string.h>
  3 | 
  4 | #include "uip_ip.h"
  5 | #include "uip_pbuf.h"
  6 | #include "uip_netif.h"
  7 | #include "uip_icmp.h"
  8 | 
  9 | #if UIP_LOGGING == 1
 10 | #include <stdio.h>
 11 | #define UIP_LOG(m) uip_log(__FILE__,__LINE__,m)
 12 | #else
 13 | #define UIP_LOG(m)
 14 | #endif /* UIP_LOGGING == 1 */
 15 | 
 16 | #if UIP_STATISTICS == 1
 17 | struct uip_stats uip_stat;
 18 | #define UIP_STAT(s) s
 19 | #else
 20 | #define UIP_STAT(s)
 21 | #endif /* UIP_STATISTICS == 1 */
 22 | 
 23 | void uip_icmpinput(struct uip_pbuf *p,struct uip_netif *inp)
 24 | {
 25 | 	u8_t type;
 26 | 	u16_t hlen;
 27 | 	struct uip_ip_addr tmpaddr;
 28 | 	struct uip_ip_hdr *iphdr;
 29 | 	struct uip_icmp_echo_hdr *iecho;
 30 | 
 31 | 	iphdr = p->payload;
 32 | 	hlen = UIP_IPH_HL(iphdr)*4;
 33 | 	if(uip_pbuf_header(p,-((s16_t)hlen)) || p->tot_len<sizeof(u16_t)*2) {
 34 | 		UIP_LOG("uip_icmpinput: short ICMP received.\n");
 35 | 		uip_pbuf_free(p);
 36 | 		return;
 37 | 	}
 38 | 
 39 | 	type = *((u8_t*)p->payload);
 40 | 	//code = *((u8_t*)p->payload+1);
 41 | 	switch(type) {
 42 | 		case UIP_ICMP_ECHO:
 43 | 			if(ip_addr_isbroadcast(&iphdr->dst,inp) || ip_addr_ismulticast(&iphdr->dst)) {
 44 | 				UIP_LOG("uip_icmpinput: Not echoing to broadcast pings.\n");
 45 | 				uip_pbuf_free(p);
 46 | 				return;
 47 | 			}
 48 | 
 49 | 			if(p->tot_len<sizeof(struct uip_icmp_echo_hdr)) {
 50 | 				UIP_LOG("uip_icmpinput: bad ICMP echo received.\n");
 51 | 				uip_pbuf_free(p);
 52 | 				return;
 53 | 			}
 54 | 
 55 | 			iecho = p->payload;
 56 | 			if(uip_ipchksum_pbuf(p)!=0) {
 57 | 				UIP_LOG("uip_icmpinput: checksum failed for received ICMP echo.\n");
 58 | 				uip_pbuf_free(p);
 59 | 				return;
 60 | 			}
 61 | 
 62 | 			tmpaddr.addr = iphdr->src.addr;
 63 | 			iphdr->src.addr = iphdr->dst.addr;
 64 | 			iphdr->dst.addr = tmpaddr.addr;
 65 | 			UIP_ICMPH_TYPE_SET(iecho,UIP_ICMP_ER);
 66 | 			
 67 | 			if(iecho->chksum>=htons(0xffff-(UIP_ICMP_ECHO<<8))) iecho->chksum += htons(UIP_ICMP_ECHO<<8)+1;
 68 | 			else iecho->chksum += htons(UIP_ICMP_ECHO<<8);
 69 | 
 70 | 			uip_pbuf_header(p,hlen);
 71 | 			uip_ipoutput_if(p,&iphdr->src,NULL,UIP_IPH_TTL(iphdr),0,UIP_PROTO_ICMP,inp);
 72 | 			break;
 73 | 		default:
 74 | 			UIP_LOG("uip_icmpinput: ICMP type/code not supported.\n");
 75 | 			break;
 76 | 	}
 77 | 	uip_pbuf_free(p);
 78 | }
 79 | 
 80 | void uip_icmp_destunreach(struct uip_pbuf *p,enum uip_icmp_dur_type t)
 81 | {
 82 | 	struct uip_pbuf *q;
 83 | 	struct uip_ip_hdr *iphdr;
 84 | 	struct uip_icmp_dur_hdr *idur;
 85 | 
 86 | 	q = uip_pbuf_alloc(UIP_PBUF_IP,sizeof(struct uip_icmp_dur_hdr)+UIP_IP_HLEN+8,UIP_PBUF_RAM);
 87 | 	
 88 | 	iphdr = p->payload;
 89 | 	idur = q->payload;
 90 | 	
 91 | 	UIP_ICMPH_TYPE_SET(idur,UIP_ICMP_DUR);
 92 | 	UIP_ICMPH_CODE_SET(idur,t);
 93 | 
 94 | 	UIP_MEMCPY((u8_t*)q->payload+sizeof(struct uip_icmp_dur_hdr),p->payload,UIP_IP_HLEN+8);
 95 | 	
 96 | 	idur->chksum = 0;
 97 | 	idur->chksum = uip_ipchksum(idur,q->len);
 98 | 	
 99 | 	uip_ipoutput(q,NULL,&iphdr->src,UIP_ICMP_TTL,0,UIP_PROTO_ICMP);
100 | 	uip_pbuf_free(q);
101 | }
102 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libdb/uIP/uip_icmp.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __UIP_ICMP_H__
 2 | #define __UIP_ICMP_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #include "uip.h"
 5 | #include "uip_arch.h"
 6 | 
 7 | #define UIP_ICMP_TTL		255
 8 | 
 9 | #define UIP_ICMP_ER 0      /* echo reply */
10 | #define UIP_ICMP_DUR 3     /* destination unreachable */
11 | #define UIP_ICMP_SQ 4      /* source quench */
12 | #define UIP_ICMP_RD 5      /* redirect */
13 | #define UIP_ICMP_ECHO 8    /* echo */
14 | #define UIP_ICMP_TE 11     /* time exceeded */
15 | #define UIP_ICMP_PP 12     /* parameter problem */
16 | #define UIP_ICMP_TS 13     /* timestamp */
17 | #define UIP_ICMP_TSR 14    /* timestamp reply */
18 | #define UIP_ICMP_IRQ 15    /* information request */
19 | #define UIP_ICMP_IR 16     /* information reply */
20 | 
21 | #define UIP_ICMPH_TYPE(hdr) (ntohs((hdr)->_type_code) >> 8)
22 | #define UIP_ICMPH_CODE(hdr) (ntohs((hdr)->_type_code) & 0xff)
23 | 
24 | #define UIP_ICMPH_TYPE_SET(hdr, type) ((hdr)->_type_code = htons(UIP_ICMPH_CODE(hdr) | ((type) << 8)))
25 | #define UIP_ICMPH_CODE_SET(hdr, code) ((hdr)->_type_code = htons((code) | (UIP_ICMPH_TYPE(hdr) << 8)))
26 | 
27 | enum uip_icmp_dur_type {
28 |   UIP_ICMP_DUR_NET = 0,    /* net unreachable */
29 |   UIP_ICMP_DUR_HOST = 1,   /* host unreachable */
30 |   UIP_ICMP_DUR_PROTO = 2,  /* protocol unreachable */
31 |   UIP_ICMP_DUR_PORT = 3,   /* port unreachable */
32 |   UIP_ICMP_DUR_FRAG = 4,   /* fragmentation needed and DF set */
33 |   UIP_ICMP_DUR_SR = 5      /* source route failed */
34 | };
35 | 
36 | PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
37 | struct uip_icmp_echo_hdr {
38 | 	PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _type_code);
39 | 	PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t chksum);
40 | 	PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t id);
41 | 	PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t seqno);
42 | } PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
43 | PACK_STRUCT_END
44 | 
45 | PACK_STRUCT_BEGIN
46 | struct uip_icmp_dur_hdr {
47 | 	PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t _type_code);
48 | 	PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u16_t chksum);
49 | 	PACK_STRUCT_FIELD(u32_t unused);
50 | } PACK_STRUCT_STRUCT;
51 | PACK_STRUCT_END
52 | 
53 | struct uip_pbuf;
54 | struct uip_netif;
55 | 
56 | 
57 | void uip_icmpinput(struct uip_pbuf *p,struct uip_netif *inp);
58 | void uip_icmp_destunreach(struct uip_pbuf *p,enum uip_icmp_dur_type t);
59 | 
60 | #endif
61 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libdb/uIP/uip_netif.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __UIP_NETIF_H__
 2 | #define __UIP_NETIF_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #include "uip.h"
 5 | 
 6 | #define UIP_NETIF_MAX_HWADDR_LEN 6U
 7 | 
 8 | /** TODO: define the use (where, when, whom) of netif flags */
 9 | 
10 | /** whether the network interface is 'up'. this is
11 |  * a software flag used to control whether this network
12 |  * interface is enabled and processes traffic.
13 |  */
14 | #define UIP_NETIF_FLAG_UP 0x1U
15 | /** if set, the netif has broadcast capability */
16 | #define UIP_NETIF_FLAG_BROADCAST 0x2U
17 | /** if set, the netif is one end of a point-to-point connection */
18 | #define UIP_NETIF_FLAG_POINTTOPOINT 0x4U
19 | /** if set, the interface is configured using DHCP */
20 | #define UIP_NETIF_FLAG_DHCP 0x08U
21 | /** if set, the interface has an active link
22 |  *  (set by the network interface driver) */
23 | #define UIP_NETIF_FLAG_LINK_UP 0x10U
24 | 
25 | struct uip_netif;
26 | struct uip_pbuf;
27 | struct uip_ip_addr;
28 | 
29 | struct uip_netif {
30 | 	struct uip_netif *next;
31 | 	
32 | 	struct uip_ip_addr ip_addr;
33 | 	struct uip_ip_addr netmask;
34 | 	struct uip_ip_addr gw;
35 | 	
36 | 	s8_t (*input)(struct uip_pbuf *p,struct uip_netif *inp);
37 | 	s8_t (*output)(struct uip_netif *netif,struct uip_pbuf *p,struct uip_ip_addr *ipaddr);
38 | 	s8_t (*linkoutput)(struct uip_netif *netif,struct uip_pbuf *p);
39 | 	
40 | 	void *state;
41 | 
42 | 	u8_t hwaddr_len;
43 | 	u8_t hwaddr[UIP_NETIF_MAX_HWADDR_LEN];
44 | 
45 | 	u16_t mtu;
46 | 	u8_t flags;
47 | 	
48 | 	s8_t name[2];
49 | 	u8_t num;
50 | };
51 | 
52 | extern struct uip_netif *uip_netif_list;
53 | extern struct uip_netif *uip_netif_default;
54 | 
55 | void uip_netif_init();
56 | void uip_netif_setup(struct uip_netif *netif);
57 | void uip_netif_setaddr(struct uip_netif *netif,struct uip_ip_addr *ipaddr,struct uip_ip_addr *netmask,struct uip_ip_addr *gw);
58 | void uip_netif_setipaddr(struct uip_netif *netif,struct uip_ip_addr *ipaddr);
59 | void uip_netif_setnetmask(struct uip_netif *netif,struct uip_ip_addr *netmask);
60 | void uip_netif_setgw(struct uip_netif *netif,struct uip_ip_addr *gw);
61 | void uip_netif_setdefault(struct uip_netif *netif);
62 | u8_t uip_netif_isup(struct uip_netif *netif);
63 | struct uip_netif* uip_netif_add(struct uip_netif *netif,struct uip_ip_addr *ipaddr,struct uip_ip_addr *netmask,struct uip_ip_addr *gw,void *state,s8_t (*init)(struct uip_netif *netif),s8_t (*input)(struct uip_pbuf *p,struct uip_netif *netif));
64 | 
65 | #endif
66 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libdb/uIP/uip_pbuf.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __UIP_PBUF_H__
 2 | #define __UIP_PBUF_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #include "uip.h"
 5 | 
 6 | /* Definitions for the pbuf flag field. These are NOT the flags that
 7 |  * are passed to pbuf_alloc(). */
 8 | #define UIP_PBUF_FLAG_RAM   0x00U    /* Flags that pbuf data is stored in RAM */
 9 | #define UIP_PBUF_FLAG_ROM   0x01U    /* Flags that pbuf data is stored in ROM */
10 | #define UIP_PBUF_FLAG_POOL  0x02U    /* Flags that the pbuf comes from the pbuf pool */
11 | #define UIP_PBUF_FLAG_REF   0x04U    /* Flags thet the pbuf payload refers to RAM */
12 | 
13 | typedef enum {
14 | 	UIP_PBUF_TRANSPORT,
15 | 	UIP_PBUF_IP,
16 | 	UIP_PBUF_LINK,
17 | 	UIP_PBUF_RAW
18 | } uip_pbuf_layer;
19 | 
20 | typedef enum {
21 | 	UIP_PBUF_POOL,
22 | 	UIP_PBUF_RAM,
23 | 	UIP_PBUF_ROM,
24 | 	UIP_PBUF_REF
25 | } uip_pbuf_flag;
26 | 
27 | struct uip_pbuf {
28 | 	struct uip_pbuf *next;
29 | 	void *payload;
30 | 	u16_t tot_len;
31 | 	u16_t len;
32 | 	u16_t flags;
33 | 	u16_t ref;
34 | };
35 | 
36 | void uip_pbuf_init();
37 | struct uip_pbuf* uip_pbuf_alloc(uip_pbuf_layer layer,u16_t len,uip_pbuf_flag flag);
38 | u8_t uip_pbuf_free(struct uip_pbuf *p);
39 | void uip_pbuf_realloc(struct uip_pbuf *p,u16_t new_len);
40 | u8_t uip_pbuf_header(struct uip_pbuf *p,s16_t hdr_size_inc);
41 | void uip_pbuf_cat(struct uip_pbuf *h,struct uip_pbuf *t);
42 | u8_t uip_pbuf_clen(struct uip_pbuf *p);
43 | void uip_pbuf_queue(struct uip_pbuf *p,struct uip_pbuf *n);
44 | void uip_pbuf_ref(struct uip_pbuf *p);
45 | void uip_pbuf_chain(struct uip_pbuf *h,struct uip_pbuf *t);
46 | struct uip_pbuf* uip_pbuf_dequeue(struct uip_pbuf *p);
47 | struct uip_pbuf* uip_pbuf_dechain(struct uip_pbuf *p);
48 | 
49 | #endif
50 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libdi/README:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | =====================================================================
 2 | ==	libdi by Team Twiizers.
 3 | ==	
 4 | ==
 5 | =====================================================================
 6 | 
 7 | libdi is a threadsafe library that allows you to access the DVD drive
 8 | in your Wii, regardless of a modchip being installed or not.
 9 | 
10 | -----------
11 | -- INSTALL
12 | -----------
13 | 
14 | To install the lib, simply type
15 | 
16 | make
17 | make install
18 | 
19 | This will install the lib into your libogc.
20 | 
21 | -----------
22 | -- USAGE
23 | -----------
24 | 
25 | Usage is fairly self-explanatory, aside from DI_Init. You can set
26 | a callback using DI_SetCallback, which will be called upon completion
27 | of the disc initialization. This callback runs in the regular callback
28 | context.
29 | 
30 | After this initial init, you call DI_Mount to spin the drive up. There is
31 | no need for unmounting, you can just eject the disc any time you want.
32 | Remounting with DI_Mount is necessary however. Calling DI_Mount is also
33 | helpful as a last resort for failing reads.
34 | 
35 | Async reads are implemented in the lib using the standard async ioctls.
36 | You can pass an ipccallback function, of which the usrdata will be filled
37 | with the buffer you pass. Async reads do not have the advantage of auto-retries.
38 | You will have to check wether a read succeeds or not in your callback.
39 | 
40 | Sync reads do have auto-retry, and the lib will try up to MAX_RETRY amount
41 | of times before it gives up. Dirty discs can need up to 10 retries
42 | before data is actually properly read. By default MAX_RETRY is set to 16.
43 | 
44 | Most of the functions in this lib are universal and can be used on modchipped
45 | or non-modchipped drives alike. Some exceptions are: 
46 | 
47 | DI_ReadDVDConfig	Will only work on non-modchipped drives.
48 | DI_ReportKey		Will only work on non-modchipped drives.
49 | DI_ReadDVDUnencrypted	Will only work on original discs.
50 | DI_ClosePartition	Will only work on original discs.
51 | DI_OpenPartition	Will only work on original discs.
52 | DI_ReadDiscID		Will only work on original discs.
53 | 
54 | If you've been reading through the source, you've probably noticed by now the
55 | peculiar function DI_KillDrive. DI_KillDrive will not actually kill your drive
56 | as to be useless. It merely crashes it in such a way that it will not respond
57 | to any DI commands, it will not eject your disc, and it will not take in any discs
58 | until the next DI_Reset. DI_Mount might fail if used after this function!
59 | I have included this function because people might have a use for it. Like it
60 | says in the source, I am not responsible if someone's drive does actually die
61 | from usage of this function.
62 | 
63 | 
64 | Known bugs:
65 | 
66 | Currently, if you do a DI_Init(), and then return to HBC without a disc ever being inserted,
67 | your program will hang until a disc is inserted. If anyone has a nice solution, I'd
68 | love to hear it.
69 | 
70 | Erant
71 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libmad/bit.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  * libmad - MPEG audio decoder library
 3 |  * Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Underbit Technologies, Inc.
 4 |  *
 5 |  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 6 |  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 |  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 8 |  * (at your option) any later version.
 9 |  *
10 |  * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
11 |  * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
12 |  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
13 |  * GNU General Public License for more details.
14 |  *
15 |  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 |  * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
17 |  * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
18 |  *
19 |  */
20 | 
21 | # ifndef LIBMAD_BIT_H
22 | # define LIBMAD_BIT_H
23 | 
24 | #include <gctypes.h>
25 | 
26 | struct mad_bitptr {
27 |   u8 const *byte;
28 |   u16 cache;
29 |   u16 left;
30 | };
31 | 
32 | void mad_bit_init(struct mad_bitptr *, u8 const *);
33 | 
34 | # define mad_bit_finish(bitptr)		/* nothing */
35 | 
36 | u32 mad_bit_length(struct mad_bitptr const *,
37 | 			    struct mad_bitptr const *);
38 | 
39 | # define mad_bit_bitsleft(bitptr)  ((bitptr)->left)
40 | u8 const *mad_bit_nextbyte(struct mad_bitptr const *);
41 | 
42 | void mad_bit_skip(struct mad_bitptr *, u32);
43 | u32 mad_bit_read(struct mad_bitptr *, u32);
44 | void mad_bit_write(struct mad_bitptr *, u32, u32);
45 | 
46 | u16 mad_bit_crc(struct mad_bitptr, u32, u16);
47 | 
48 | # endif
49 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libmad/fixed.c:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  * libmad - MPEG audio decoder library
 3 |  * Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Underbit Technologies, Inc.
 4 |  *
 5 |  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 6 |  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 |  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 8 |  * (at your option) any later version.
 9 |  *
10 |  * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
11 |  * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
12 |  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
13 |  * GNU General Public License for more details.
14 |  *
15 |  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 |  * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
17 |  * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
18 |  *
19 |  */
20 | 
21 | # ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
22 | #  include "config.h"
23 | # endif
24 | 
25 | # include "global.h"
26 | 
27 | # include "fixed.h"
28 | 
29 | /*
30 |  * NAME:	fixed->abs()
31 |  * DESCRIPTION:	return absolute value of a fixed-point number
32 |  */
33 | mad_fixed_t mad_f_abs(mad_fixed_t x)
34 | {
35 |   return x < 0 ? -x : x;
36 | }
37 | 
38 | /*
39 |  * NAME:	fixed->div()
40 |  * DESCRIPTION:	perform division using fixed-point math
41 |  */
42 | mad_fixed_t mad_f_div(mad_fixed_t x, mad_fixed_t y)
43 | {
44 |   mad_fixed_t q, r;
45 |   u32 bits;
46 | 
47 |   q = mad_f_abs(x / y);
48 | 
49 |   if (x < 0) {
50 |     x = -x;
51 |     y = -y;
52 |   }
53 | 
54 |   r = x % y;
55 | 
56 |   if (y < 0) {
57 |     x = -x;
58 |     y = -y;
59 |   }
60 | 
61 |   if (q > mad_f_intpart(MAD_F_MAX) &&
62 |       !(q == -mad_f_intpart(MAD_F_MIN) && r == 0 && (x < 0) != (y < 0)))
63 |     return 0;
64 | 
65 |   for (bits = MAD_F_FRACBITS; bits && r; --bits) {
66 |     q <<= 1, r <<= 1;
67 |     if (r >= y)
68 |       r -= y, ++q;
69 |   }
70 | 
71 |   /* round */
72 |   if (2 * r >= y)
73 |     ++q;
74 | 
75 |   /* fix sign */
76 |   if ((x < 0) != (y < 0))
77 |     q = -q;
78 | 
79 |   return q << bits;
80 | }
81 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libmad/global.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  * libmad - MPEG audio decoder library
 3 |  * Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Underbit Technologies, Inc.
 4 |  *
 5 |  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 6 |  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 |  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 8 |  * (at your option) any later version.
 9 |  *
10 |  * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
11 |  * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
12 |  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
13 |  * GNU General Public License for more details.
14 |  *
15 |  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 |  * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
17 |  * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
18 |  *
19 |  */
20 | 
21 | # ifndef LIBMAD_GLOBAL_H
22 | # define LIBMAD_GLOBAL_H
23 | 
24 | # define FPM_PPC
25 | /* conditional debugging */
26 | 
27 | # if defined(DEBUG) && defined(NDEBUG)
28 | #  error "cannot define both DEBUG and NDEBUG"
29 | # endif
30 | 
31 | # if defined(DEBUG)
32 | #  include <stdio.h>
33 | # endif
34 | 
35 | /* conditional features */
36 | 
37 | # if defined(OPT_SPEED) && defined(OPT_ACCURACY)
38 | #  error "cannot optimize for both speed and accuracy"
39 | # endif
40 | 
41 | # if defined(OPT_SPEED) && !defined(OPT_SSO)
42 | #  define OPT_SSO
43 | # endif
44 | 
45 | # if defined(HAVE_UNISTD_H) && defined(HAVE_WAITPID) &&  \
46 |     defined(HAVE_FCNTL) && defined(HAVE_PIPE) && defined(HAVE_FORK)
47 | #  define USE_ASYNC
48 | # endif
49 | 
50 | # if !defined(HAVE_ASSERT_H)
51 | #  if defined(NDEBUG)
52 | #   define assert(x)	/* nothing */
53 | #  else
54 | #   define assert(x)	do { if (!(x)) abort(); } while (0)
55 | #  endif
56 | # endif
57 | 
58 | # endif
59 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libmad/huffman.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  * libmad - MPEG audio decoder library
 3 |  * Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Underbit Technologies, Inc.
 4 |  *
 5 |  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 6 |  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 |  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 8 |  * (at your option) any later version.
 9 |  *
10 |  * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
11 |  * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
12 |  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
13 |  * GNU General Public License for more details.
14 |  *
15 |  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 |  * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
17 |  * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
18 |  *
19 |  */
20 | 
21 | # ifndef LIBMAD_HUFFMAN_H
22 | # define LIBMAD_HUFFMAN_H
23 | 
24 | #include <gctypes.h>
25 | 
26 | union huffquad {
27 |   struct {
28 |     u16 final  :  1;
29 |     u16 bits   :  3;
30 |     u16 offset : 12;
31 |   } ptr;
32 |   struct {
33 |     u16 final  :  1;
34 |     u16 hlen   :  3;
35 |     u16 v      :  1;
36 |     u16 w      :  1;
37 |     u16 x      :  1;
38 |     u16 y      :  1;
39 |   } value;
40 |   u16 final    :  1;
41 | };
42 | 
43 | union huffpair {
44 |   struct {
45 |     u16 final  :  1;
46 |     u16 bits   :  3;
47 |     u16 offset : 12;
48 |   } ptr;
49 |   struct {
50 |     u16 final  :  1;
51 |     u16 hlen   :  3;
52 |     u16 x      :  4;
53 |     u16 y      :  4;
54 |   } value;
55 |   u16 final    :  1;
56 | };
57 | 
58 | struct hufftable {
59 |   union huffpair const *table;
60 |   u16 linbits;
61 |   u16 startbits;
62 | };
63 | 
64 | extern union huffquad const *const mad_huff_quad_table[2];
65 | extern struct hufftable const mad_huff_pair_table[32];
66 | 
67 | # endif
68 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libmad/imdct_s.dat:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  * libmad - MPEG audio decoder library
 3 |  * Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Underbit Technologies, Inc.
 4 |  *
 5 |  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 6 |  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 |  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 8 |  * (at your option) any later version.
 9 |  *
10 |  * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
11 |  * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
12 |  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
13 |  * GNU General Public License for more details.
14 |  *
15 |  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 |  * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
17 |  * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
18 |  *
19 |  */
20 | 
21 |   /*  0 */  {  MAD_F(0x09bd7ca0) /*  0.608761429 */,
22 | 	      -MAD_F(0x0ec835e8) /* -0.923879533 */,
23 | 	      -MAD_F(0x0216a2a2) /* -0.130526192 */,
24 | 	       MAD_F(0x0fdcf549) /*  0.991444861 */,
25 | 	      -MAD_F(0x061f78aa) /* -0.382683432 */,
26 | 	      -MAD_F(0x0cb19346) /* -0.793353340 */ },
27 | 
28 |   /*  6 */  { -MAD_F(0x0cb19346) /* -0.793353340 */,
29 | 	       MAD_F(0x061f78aa) /*  0.382683432 */,
30 | 	       MAD_F(0x0fdcf549) /*  0.991444861 */,
31 | 	       MAD_F(0x0216a2a2) /*  0.130526192 */,
32 | 	      -MAD_F(0x0ec835e8) /* -0.923879533 */,
33 | 	      -MAD_F(0x09bd7ca0) /* -0.608761429 */ },
34 | 
35 |   /*  1 */  {  MAD_F(0x061f78aa) /*  0.382683432 */,
36 | 	      -MAD_F(0x0ec835e8) /* -0.923879533 */,
37 | 	       MAD_F(0x0ec835e8) /*  0.923879533 */,
38 | 	      -MAD_F(0x061f78aa) /* -0.382683432 */,
39 | 	      -MAD_F(0x061f78aa) /* -0.382683432 */,
40 | 	       MAD_F(0x0ec835e8) /*  0.923879533 */ },
41 | 
42 |   /*  7 */  { -MAD_F(0x0ec835e8) /* -0.923879533 */,
43 | 	      -MAD_F(0x061f78aa) /* -0.382683432 */,
44 | 	       MAD_F(0x061f78aa) /*  0.382683432 */,
45 | 	       MAD_F(0x0ec835e8) /*  0.923879533 */,
46 | 	       MAD_F(0x0ec835e8) /*  0.923879533 */,
47 | 	       MAD_F(0x061f78aa) /*  0.382683432 */ },
48 | 
49 |   /*  2 */  {  MAD_F(0x0216a2a2) /*  0.130526192 */,
50 | 	      -MAD_F(0x061f78aa) /* -0.382683432 */,
51 | 	       MAD_F(0x09bd7ca0) /*  0.608761429 */,
52 | 	      -MAD_F(0x0cb19346) /* -0.793353340 */,
53 | 	       MAD_F(0x0ec835e8) /*  0.923879533 */,
54 | 	      -MAD_F(0x0fdcf549) /* -0.991444861 */ },
55 | 
56 |   /*  8 */  { -MAD_F(0x0fdcf549) /* -0.991444861 */,
57 | 	      -MAD_F(0x0ec835e8) /* -0.923879533 */,
58 | 	      -MAD_F(0x0cb19346) /* -0.793353340 */,
59 | 	      -MAD_F(0x09bd7ca0) /* -0.608761429 */,
60 | 	      -MAD_F(0x061f78aa) /* -0.382683432 */,
61 | 	      -MAD_F(0x0216a2a2) /* -0.130526192 */ }
62 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libmad/layer12.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  * libmad - MPEG audio decoder library
 3 |  * Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Underbit Technologies, Inc.
 4 |  *
 5 |  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 6 |  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 |  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 8 |  * (at your option) any later version.
 9 |  *
10 |  * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
11 |  * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
12 |  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
13 |  * GNU General Public License for more details.
14 |  *
15 |  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 |  * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
17 |  * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
18 |  *
19 |  */
20 | 
21 | # ifndef LIBMAD_LAYER12_H
22 | # define LIBMAD_LAYER12_H
23 | 
24 | # include "stream.h"
25 | # include "frame.h"
26 | 
27 | int mad_layer_I(struct mad_stream *, struct mad_frame *);
28 | int mad_layer_II(struct mad_stream *, struct mad_frame *);
29 | 
30 | # endif
31 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libmad/layer3.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  * libmad - MPEG audio decoder library
 3 |  * Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Underbit Technologies, Inc.
 4 |  *
 5 |  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 6 |  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 |  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 8 |  * (at your option) any later version.
 9 |  *
10 |  * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
11 |  * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
12 |  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
13 |  * GNU General Public License for more details.
14 |  *
15 |  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 |  * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
17 |  * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
18 |  *
19 |  */
20 | 
21 | # ifndef LIBMAD_LAYER3_H
22 | # define LIBMAD_LAYER3_H
23 | 
24 | # include "stream.h"
25 | # include "frame.h"
26 | 
27 | int mad_layer_III(struct mad_stream *, struct mad_frame *);
28 | 
29 | # endif
30 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libmad/synth.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  * libmad - MPEG audio decoder library
 3 |  * Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Underbit Technologies, Inc.
 4 |  *
 5 |  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 6 |  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 |  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 8 |  * (at your option) any later version.
 9 |  *
10 |  * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
11 |  * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
12 |  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
13 |  * GNU General Public License for more details.
14 |  *
15 |  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 |  * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
17 |  * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
18 |  *
19 |  */
20 | 
21 | # ifndef LIBMAD_SYNTH_H
22 | # define LIBMAD_SYNTH_H
23 | 
24 | # include <gctypes.h>
25 | # include "fixed.h"
26 | # include "frame.h"
27 | 
28 | struct mad_pcm {
29 |   u32 samplerate;		/* sampling frequency (Hz) */
30 |   u16 channels;		/* number of channels */
31 |   u16 length;		/* number of samples per channel */
32 |   mad_fixed_t samples[2][1152];		/* PCM output samples [ch][sample] */
33 | };
34 | 
35 | struct mad_synth {
36 |   mad_fixed_t filter[2][2][2][16][8];	/* polyphase filterbank outputs */
37 |   					/* [ch][eo][peo][s][v] */
38 | 
39 |   u32 phase;			/* current processing phase */
40 | 
41 |   struct mad_pcm pcm;			/* PCM output */
42 | };
43 | 
44 | /* single channel PCM selector */
45 | enum {
46 |   MAD_PCM_CHANNEL_SINGLE = 0
47 | };
48 | 
49 | /* dual channel PCM selector */
50 | enum {
51 |   MAD_PCM_CHANNEL_DUAL_1 = 0,
52 |   MAD_PCM_CHANNEL_DUAL_2 = 1
53 | };
54 | 
55 | /* stereo PCM selector */
56 | enum {
57 |   MAD_PCM_CHANNEL_STEREO_LEFT  = 0,
58 |   MAD_PCM_CHANNEL_STEREO_RIGHT = 1
59 | };
60 | 
61 | void mad_synth_init(struct mad_synth *);
62 | 
63 | # define mad_synth_finish(synth)  /* nothing */
64 | 
65 | void mad_synth_mute(struct mad_synth *);
66 | 
67 | void mad_synth_frame(struct mad_synth *, struct mad_frame const *);
68 | 
69 | # endif
70 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libmad/version.c:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  * libmad - MPEG audio decoder library
 3 |  * Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Underbit Technologies, Inc.
 4 |  *
 5 |  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 6 |  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 |  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 8 |  * (at your option) any later version.
 9 |  *
10 |  * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
11 |  * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
12 |  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
13 |  * GNU General Public License for more details.
14 |  *
15 |  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 |  * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
17 |  * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
18 |  *
19 |  */
20 | 
21 | # ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
22 | #  include "config.h"
23 | # endif
24 | 
25 | # include "global.h"
26 | 
27 | # include "version.h"
28 | 
29 | s8 const mad_version[]   = "MPEG Audio Decoder " MAD_VERSION;
30 | s8 const mad_copyright[] = "Copyright (C) " MAD_PUBLISHYEAR " " MAD_AUTHOR;
31 | s8 const mad_author[]    = MAD_AUTHOR " <" MAD_EMAIL ">";
32 | 
33 | s8 const mad_build[] = ""
34 | # if defined(DEBUG)
35 |   "DEBUG "
36 | # elif defined(NDEBUG)
37 |   "NDEBUG "
38 | # endif
39 | 
40 | # if defined(EXPERIMENTAL)
41 |   "EXPERIMENTAL "
42 | # endif
43 | 
44 | # if defined(FPM_64BIT)
45 |   "FPM_64BIT "
46 | # elif defined(FPM_INTEL)
47 |   "FPM_INTEL "
48 | # elif defined(FPM_ARM)
49 |   "FPM_ARM "
50 | # elif defined(FPM_MIPS)
51 |   "FPM_MIPS "
52 | # elif defined(FPM_SPARC)
53 |   "FPM_SPARC "
54 | # elif defined(FPM_PPC)
55 |   "FPM_PPC "
56 | # elif defined(FPM_DEFAULT)
57 |   "FPM_DEFAULT "
58 | # endif
59 | 
60 | # if defined(ASO_IMDCT)
61 |   "ASO_IMDCT "
62 | # endif
63 | # if defined(ASO_INTERLEAVE1)
64 |   "ASO_INTERLEAVE1 "
65 | # endif
66 | # if defined(ASO_INTERLEAVE2)
67 |   "ASO_INTERLEAVE2 "
68 | # endif
69 | # if defined(ASO_ZEROCHECK)
70 |   "ASO_ZEROCHECK "
71 | # endif
72 | 
73 | # if defined(OPT_SPEED)
74 |   "OPT_SPEED "
75 | # elif defined(OPT_ACCURACY)
76 |   "OPT_ACCURACY "
77 | # endif
78 | 
79 | # if defined(OPT_SSO)
80 |   "OPT_SSO "
81 | # endif
82 | 
83 | # if defined(OPT_DCTO)  /* never defined here */
84 |   "OPT_DCTO "
85 | # endif
86 | 
87 | # if defined(OPT_STRICT)
88 |   "OPT_STRICT "
89 | # endif
90 | ;
91 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libmad/version.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  * libmad - MPEG audio decoder library
 3 |  * Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Underbit Technologies, Inc.
 4 |  *
 5 |  * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 6 |  * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
 7 |  * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
 8 |  * (at your option) any later version.
 9 |  *
10 |  * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
11 |  * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
12 |  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
13 |  * GNU General Public License for more details.
14 |  *
15 |  * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
16 |  * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
17 |  * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
18 |  *
19 |  */
20 | 
21 | # ifndef LIBMAD_VERSION_H
22 | # define LIBMAD_VERSION_H
23 | 
24 | #include <gctypes.h>
25 | 
26 | # define MAD_VERSION_MAJOR	0
27 | # define MAD_VERSION_MINOR	15
28 | # define MAD_VERSION_PATCH	0
29 | # define MAD_VERSION_EXTRA	" (beta)"
30 | 
31 | # define MAD_VERSION_STRINGIZE(str)	#str
32 | # define MAD_VERSION_STRING(num)	MAD_VERSION_STRINGIZE(num)
33 | 
34 | # define MAD_VERSION		MAD_VERSION_STRING(MAD_VERSION_MAJOR) "."  \
35 | 				MAD_VERSION_STRING(MAD_VERSION_MINOR) "."  \
36 | 				MAD_VERSION_STRING(MAD_VERSION_PATCH)  \
37 | 				MAD_VERSION_EXTRA
38 | 
39 | # define MAD_PUBLISHYEAR	"2000-2003"
40 | # define MAD_AUTHOR		"Underbit Technologies, Inc."
41 | # define MAD_EMAIL		"info@underbit.com"
42 | 
43 | extern s8 const mad_version[];
44 | extern s8 const mad_copyright[];
45 | extern s8 const mad_author[];
46 | extern s8 const mad_build[];
47 | 
48 | # endif
49 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libmodplay/freqtab.c:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 | Copyright (c) 2002,2003, Christian Nowak <chnowak@web.de>
 3 | All rights reserved.
 4 | 
 5 | Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are 
 6 | permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 7 | 
 8 | - Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of 
 9 |   conditions and the following disclaimer. 
10 | - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list 
11 |   of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other 
12 |   materials provided with the distribution. 
13 | - The names of the contributors may not be used to endorse or promote products derived 
14 |   from this software without specific prior written permission. 
15 | 
16 | THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY 
17 | EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF 
18 | MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL 
19 | THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, 
20 | SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, 
21 | PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS 
22 | INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, 
23 | STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF 
24 | THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
25 | */
26 | 
27 | #include "defines.h"
28 | 
29 | u16 freqtab[] = {
30 | 	27392, 25856, 24384, 23040, 21696, 20480,19328,18240,17216,16256,15360,14496,
31 | 
32 | 	13696, 12928, 12192, 11520, 10848, 10240, 9664, 9120, 8606, 8128, 7680, 7248,
33 | 	 6848,  6464,  6096,  5760,  5424,  5120, 4832, 4560, 4304, 4064, 3840, 3624,
34 | 	 3424,  3232,  3048,  2880,  2712,  2560, 2416, 2280, 2152, 2032, 1920, 1812,
35 | 	 1712,  1616,  1525,  1440,  1357,  1281, 1209, 1141, 1077, 1017,  961,  907,
36 | 	  856,   808,   762,   720,   678,   640,  604,  570,  538,  508,  480,  453, 
37 | 	  428,   404,   381,   360,   339,   320,  302,  285,  269,  254,  240,  226,
38 | 	  214,   202,   190,   180,   170,   160,  151,  143,  135,  127,  120,  113,
39 | 	  107,   101,    95,    90,    85,    80,   76,   71,   67,   64,   60,   57,
40 | 	   54,    51,    48,    45,    42,    40,   38,   36,   34,   32,    30,  28,
41 | 	   27,    25,    24,    22,    21,    20,   19,   18,   17,   16,    15,  14,
42 | 
43 | 	   13,    13,    12,    11,    11,    10,    9,    9
44 | };
45 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libogc/argv.c:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*-------------------------------------------------------------
 2 | 
 3 | Copyright (C) 2008
 4 | Michael Wiedenbauer (shagkur)
 5 | Dave Murphy (WinterMute)
 6 | 
 7 | This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
 8 | warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any
 9 | damages arising from the use of this software.
10 | 
11 | Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
12 | purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
13 | redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
14 | 
15 | 1.	The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
16 | must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
17 | this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
18 | documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
19 | 
20 | 2.	Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
21 | must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
22 | 
23 | 3.	This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
24 | distribution.
25 | 
26 | -------------------------------------------------------------*/
27 | #include "gctypes.h"
28 | #include <string.h>
29 | 
30 | extern u8 __Arena1Lo[];
31 | extern char *__argvArena1Lo;
32 | void build_argv (struct __argv* argstruct );
33 | 
34 | void __CheckARGV() {
35 | 
36 | 	if ( __system_argv->argvMagic != ARGV_MAGIC ) {
37 | 		__system_argv->argc = 0;
38 | 		__system_argv->argv = NULL;
39 | 		return;
40 | 	}
41 | 
42 | 	u8 *dest = (u8 *)( ((int)__Arena1Lo + 3) & ~3);
43 | 	
44 | 	memmove(dest, __system_argv->commandLine, __system_argv->length);
45 | 	__system_argv->commandLine = (char *)dest;
46 | 	build_argv(__system_argv);
47 | 	
48 | 	__argvArena1Lo = (char *)__system_argv->endARGV;	
49 | 
50 | }
51 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libogc/console.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __CONSOLE_H__
 2 | #define __CONSOLE_H__
 3 | 
 4 | 
 5 | #define FONT_XSIZE		8
 6 | #define FONT_YSIZE		16
 7 | #define FONT_XFACTOR	1
 8 | #define FONT_YFACTOR	1
 9 | #define FONT_XGAP			0
10 | #define FONT_YGAP			0
11 | #define TAB_SIZE			4
12 | 
13 | typedef struct _console_data_s {
14 | 	void *destbuffer;
15 | 	unsigned char *font;
16 | 	int con_xres,con_yres,con_stride;
17 | 	int target_x,target_y, tgt_stride;
18 | 	int cursor_row,cursor_col;
19 | 	int saved_row,saved_col;
20 | 	int con_rows, con_cols;
21 | 
22 | 	unsigned int foreground,background;
23 | } console_data_s;
24 | 
25 | extern int __console_write(struct _reent *r,int fd,const char *ptr,size_t len);
26 | extern void __console_init(void *framebuffer,int xstart,int ystart,int xres,int yres,int stride);
27 | 
28 | //extern const devoptab_t dotab_stdout;
29 | 
30 | #endif
31 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libogc/console_font_8x16.c:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/derek57/libogc/1d97726b06fed0e501569b4f755542123139e7ea/libogc/console_font_8x16.c


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libogc/coresem.inl:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*  inline/coresem.inl
 2 |  *
 3 |  *  This include file contains all of the inlined routines associated
 4 |  *  with the CORE semaphore.
 5 |  *
 6 |  *  COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-1999.
 7 |  *  On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).
 8 |  *
 9 |  *  The license and distribution terms for this file may be
10 |  *  found in the file LICENSE in this distribution or at
11 |  *  http://www.rtems.com/license/LICENSE.
12 |  *
13 |  *  $Id$
14 |  */
15 | 
16 | #ifndef __INLINE_CORE_SEMAPHORE_inl
17 | #define __INLINE_CORE_SEMAPHORE_inl
18 | 
19 | /*PAGE
20 |  *
21 |  *  _CORE_semaphore_Is_priority
22 |  *
23 |  *  DESCRIPTION:
24 |  *
25 |  *  This function returns TRUE if the priority attribute is
26 |  *  enabled in the attribute_set and FALSE otherwise.
27 |  */
28 | 
29 | RTEMS_INLINE_ROUTINE boolean _CORE_semaphore_Is_priority(
30 |   CORE_semaphore_Attributes *the_attribute
31 | )
32 | {
33 |    return ( the_attribute->discipline == CORE_SEMAPHORE_DISCIPLINES_PRIORITY );
34 | }
35 | 
36 | /*PAGE
37 |  *
38 |  *  _CORE_semaphore_Seize_isr_disable
39 |  *
40 |  *  DESCRIPTION:
41 |  *
42 |  *  This routine attempts to receive a unit from the_semaphore.
43 |  *  If a unit is available or if the wait flag is FALSE, then the routine
44 |  *  returns.  Otherwise, the calling task is blocked until a unit becomes
45 |  *  available.
46 |  *
47 |  *  NOTE: There is currently no MACRO version of this routine.
48 |  */
49 |  
50 | RTEMS_INLINE_ROUTINE void _CORE_semaphore_Seize_isr_disable(
51 |   CORE_semaphore_Control  *the_semaphore,
52 |   Objects_Id               id,
53 |   boolean                  wait,
54 |   ISR_Level               *level_p
55 | ) 
56 | { 
57 |   Thread_Control *executing;
58 |   ISR_Level       level = *level_p;
59 | 
60 |   /* disabled when you get here */
61 |   
62 |   executing = _Thread_Executing;
63 |   executing->Wait.return_code = CORE_SEMAPHORE_STATUS_SUCCESSFUL;
64 |   if ( the_semaphore->count != 0 ) {
65 |     the_semaphore->count -= 1;
66 |     _ISR_Enable( level );
67 |     return;
68 |   }
69 | 
70 |   if ( !wait ) {
71 |     _ISR_Enable( level );
72 |     executing->Wait.return_code = CORE_SEMAPHORE_STATUS_UNSATISFIED_NOWAIT;
73 |     return;
74 |   }
75 | 
76 |   _Thread_Disable_dispatch();
77 |   _Thread_queue_Enter_critical_section( &the_semaphore->Wait_queue );
78 |   executing->Wait.queue          = &the_semaphore->Wait_queue;
79 |   executing->Wait.id             = id;
80 |   _ISR_Enable( level );
81 | 
82 |   _Thread_queue_Enqueue( &the_semaphore->Wait_queue, 0 );
83 |   _Thread_Enable_dispatch();
84 | }
85 | 
86 | #endif
87 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libogc/decrementer.c:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*-------------------------------------------------------------
 2 | 
 3 | decrementer.c -- PPC decrementer exception support
 4 | 
 5 | Copyright (C) 2004
 6 | Michael Wiedenbauer (shagkur)
 7 | Dave Murphy (WinterMute)
 8 | 
 9 | This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
10 | warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any
11 | damages arising from the use of this software.
12 | 
13 | Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
14 | purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
15 | redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
16 | 
17 | 1.	The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
18 | must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
19 | this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
20 | documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
21 | 
22 | 2.	Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
23 | must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
24 | 
25 | 3.	This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
26 | distribution.
27 | 
28 | 
29 | -------------------------------------------------------------*/
30 | 
31 | 
32 | #include <gctypes.h>
33 | #include <stdlib.h>
34 | #include "asm.h"
35 | #include "processor.h"
36 | #include "thread.h"
37 | #include "watchdog.h"
38 | #include "context.h"
39 | 
40 | //#define _DECEX_DEBUG
41 | 
42 | #ifdef _DECEX_DEBUG
43 | extern int printk(const char *fmt,...);
44 | #endif
45 | 
46 | void __decrementer_init()
47 | {
48 | #ifdef _DECEX_DEBUG
49 | 	printf("__decrementer_init()\n\n");
50 | #endif
51 | }
52 | 
53 | void c_decrementer_handler(Context_Control *ctx)
54 | {
55 | #ifdef _DECEX_DEBUG
56 | 	printk("c_decrementer_handler(%d)\n",_Watchdog_Ticks_since_boot);
57 | #endif
58 | 	_Watchdog_Tickle_ticks();
59 | }
60 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libogc/exinit.c:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  *  Initialization Manager
 3 |  *
 4 |  *  COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-1998.
 5 |  *  On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).
 6 |  *  Copyright assigned to U.S. Government, 1994.
 7 |  *
 8 |  *  The license and distribution terms for this file may be
 9 |  *  found in the file LICENSE in this distribution or at
10 |  *  http://www.OARcorp.com/rtems/license.html.
11 |  *
12 |  *  $Id$
13 |  */
14 | 
15 | #include <gctypes.h>
16 | 
17 | #include "lwp_config.h"
18 | 
19 | /*
20 |  *  The following data items are the priority bit map.
21 |  *  Each of the sixteen bits used in the _Priority_Major_bit_map is
22 |  *  associated with one of the sixteen entries in the _Priority_Bit_map.
23 |  *  Each bit in the _Priority_Bit_map indicates whether or not there are
24 |  *  threads ready at a particular priority.  The mapping of
25 |  *  individual priority levels to particular bits is processor
26 |  *  dependent as is the value of each bit used to indicate that
27 |  *  threads are ready at that priority.
28 |  */
29 | 
30 | volatile Priority_Bit_map_control _Priority_Major_bit_map;
31 | Priority_Bit_map_control 
32 |                _Priority_Bit_map[16] CPU_STRUCTURE_ALIGNMENT;
33 | 
34 | /*PAGE
35 |  *
36 |  *  _Priority_Handler_initialization
37 |  *
38 |  *  DESCRIPTION:
39 |  *
40 |  *  This routine performs the initialization necessary for this handler.
41 |  */
42 | 
43 | void _Priority_Handler_initialization( void )
44 | {
45 |   unsigned32 index;
46 | 
47 |   _Priority_Major_bit_map = 0;
48 |   for ( index=0 ; index <16 ; index++ )
49 |      _Priority_Bit_map[ index ] = 0;
50 | }
51 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libogc/gx_regdef.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1 | #ifndef __GX_REGDEF_H__
  2 | #define __GX_REGDEF_H__
  3 | 
  4 | #include <gctypes.h>
  5 | 
  6 | #define STRUCT_REGDEF_SIZE		1440
  7 | 
  8 | struct __gx_regdef
  9 | {
 10 | 	u16 cpSRreg;
 11 | 	u16 cpCRreg;
 12 | 	u16 cpCLreg;
 13 | 	u16 xfFlush;
 14 | 	u16 xfFlushExp;
 15 | 	u16 xfFlushSafe;
 16 | 	u32 gxFifoInited;
 17 | 	u32 vcdClear;
 18 | 	u32 VATTable;
 19 | 	u32 mtxIdxLo;
 20 | 	u32 mtxIdxHi;
 21 | 	u32 texCoordManually;
 22 | 	u32 vcdLo;
 23 | 	u32 vcdHi;
 24 | 	u32 vcdNrms;
 25 | 	u32 dirtyState;
 26 | 	u32 perf0Mode;
 27 | 	u32 perf1Mode;
 28 | 	u32 cpPerfMode;
 29 | 	u32 VAT0reg[8];
 30 | 	u32 VAT1reg[8];
 31 | 	u32 VAT2reg[8];
 32 | 	u32 texMapSize[8];
 33 | 	u32 texMapWrap[8];
 34 | 	u32 sciTLcorner;
 35 | 	u32 sciBRcorner;
 36 | 	u32 lpWidth;
 37 | 	u32 genMode;
 38 | 	u32 suSsize[8];
 39 | 	u32 suTsize[8];
 40 | 	u32 tevTexMap[16];
 41 | 	u32 tevColorEnv[16];
 42 | 	u32 tevAlphaEnv[16];
 43 | 	u32 tevSwapModeTable[8];
 44 | 	u32 tevRasOrder[11];
 45 | 	u32 tevTexCoordEnable;
 46 | 	u32 tevIndMask;
 47 | 	u32 texCoordGen[8];
 48 | 	u32 texCoordGen2[8];
 49 | 	u32 dispCopyCntrl;
 50 | 	u32 dispCopyDst;
 51 | 	u32 dispCopyTL;
 52 | 	u32 dispCopyWH;
 53 | 	u32 texCopyCntrl;
 54 | 	u32 texCopyDst;
 55 | 	u32 texCopyTL;
 56 | 	u32 texCopyWH;
 57 | 	u32 peZMode;
 58 | 	u32 peCMode0;
 59 | 	u32 peCMode1;
 60 | 	u32 peCntrl;
 61 | 	u32 chnAmbColor[2];
 62 | 	u32 chnMatColor[2];
 63 | 	u32 chnCntrl[4];
 64 | 	GXTexRegion texRegion[24];
 65 | 	GXTlutRegion tlutRegion[20];
 66 | 	u8 saveDLctx;
 67 | 	u8 gxFifoUnlinked;
 68 | 	u8 texCopyZTex;
 69 | 	u8 _pad;
 70 | } __attribute__((packed));
 71 | 
 72 | struct __gxfifo {
 73 | 	vu32 buf_start;
 74 | 	vu32 buf_end;
 75 | 	vu32 size;
 76 | 	vu32 hi_mark;
 77 | 	vu32 lo_mark;
 78 | 	vu32 rd_ptr;
 79 | 	vu32 wt_ptr;
 80 | 	vu32 rdwt_dst;
 81 | 	vu8 fifo_wrap;
 82 | 	vu8 cpufifo_ready;
 83 | 	vu8 gpfifo_ready;
 84 | 	u8 _pad[93];
 85 | } __attribute__((packed));
 86 | 
 87 | struct __gx_litobj
 88 | {
 89 | 	u32 _pad[3];
 90 | 	u32 col;
 91 | 	f32 a0;
 92 | 	f32 a1;
 93 | 	f32 a2;
 94 | 	f32 k0;
 95 | 	f32 k1;
 96 | 	f32 k2;
 97 | 	f32 px;
 98 | 	f32 py;
 99 | 	f32 pz;
100 | 	f32 nx;
101 | 	f32 ny;
102 | 	f32 nz;
103 | } __attribute__((packed));
104 | 
105 | struct __gx_texobj
106 | {
107 | 	u32 tex_filt;
108 | 	u32 tex_lod;
109 | 	u32 tex_size;
110 | 	u32 tex_maddr;
111 | 	u32 usr_data;
112 | 	u32 tex_fmt;
113 | 	u32 tex_tlut;
114 | 	u16 tex_tile_cnt;
115 | 	u8 tex_tile_type;
116 | 	u8 tex_flag;
117 | } __attribute__((packed));
118 | 
119 | struct __gx_tlutobj
120 | {
121 | 	u32 tlut_fmt;
122 | 	u32 tlut_maddr;
123 | 	u16 tlut_nentries;
124 | 	u8 _pad[2];
125 | } __attribute__((packed));
126 | 
127 | struct __gx_texregion
128 | {
129 | 	u32 tmem_even;
130 | 	u32 tmem_odd;
131 | 	u16 size_even;
132 | 	u16 size_odd;
133 | 	u8 ismipmap;
134 | 	u8 iscached;
135 | 	u8 _pad[2];
136 | } __attribute__((packed));
137 | 
138 | struct __gx_tlutregion
139 | {
140 | 	u32 tmem_addr_conf;
141 | 	u32 tmem_addr_base;
142 | 	u32 tlut_maddr;
143 | 	u16 tlut_nentries;
144 | 	u8 _pad[2];
145 | } __attribute__((packed));
146 | 
147 | #endif
148 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libogc/lock_supp.c:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #include <_ansi.h>
 2 | #include <_syslist.h>
 3 | #include <stdio.h>
 4 | #include <stdlib.h>
 5 | #include <string.h>
 6 | #ifndef REENTRANT_SYSCALLS_PROVIDED
 7 | #include <reent.h>
 8 | #endif
 9 | #include <errno.h>
10 | 
11 | #include "asm.h"
12 | #include "processor.h"
13 | #include "mutex.h"
14 | 
15 | 
16 | int __libogc_lock_init(int *lock,int recursive)
17 | {
18 | 	signed32 ret;
19 | 	pthread_mutex_t retlck = POSIX_CONDITION_VARIABLES_NO_MUTEX;
20 | 
21 | 	if(!lock) return -1;
22 | 	
23 | 	*lock = 0;
24 | 	ret = pthread_mutex_init(&retlck,(recursive?TRUE:FALSE));
25 | 	if(ret==0) *lock = (int)retlck;
26 | 
27 | 	return ret;
28 | }
29 | 
30 | int __libogc_lock_close(int *lock)
31 | {
32 | 	signed32 ret;
33 | 	pthread_mutex_t plock;
34 | 	
35 | 	if(!lock || *lock==0) return -1;
36 | 	
37 | 	plock = (pthread_mutex_t)*lock;
38 | 	ret = pthread_mutex_destroy(plock);
39 | 	if(ret==0) *lock = 0;
40 | 
41 | 	return ret;
42 | }
43 | 
44 | int __libogc_lock_acquire(int *lock)
45 | {
46 | 	pthread_mutex_t plock;
47 | 	
48 | 	if(!lock || *lock==0) return -1;
49 | 
50 | 	plock = (pthread_mutex_t)*lock;
51 | 	return pthread_mutex_lock(plock);
52 | }
53 | 
54 | 
55 | int __libogc_lock_release(int *lock)
56 | {
57 | 	pthread_mutex_t plock;
58 | 	
59 | 	if(!lock || *lock==0) return -1;
60 | 
61 | 	plock = (pthread_mutex_t)*lock;
62 | 	return pthread_mutex_unlock(plock);
63 | }
64 | 
65 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libogc/lwp_stack.c:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  *  Thread Handler
 3 |  *
 4 |  *
 5 |  *  COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-1999.
 6 |  *  On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).
 7 |  *
 8 |  *  The license and distribution terms for this file may be
 9 |  *  found in found in the file LICENSE in this distribution or at
10 |  *  http://www.OARcorp.com/rtems/license.html.
11 |  *
12 |  *  $Id$
13 |  */
14 | 
15 | #include <stdlib.h>
16 | #include "stack.h"
17 | #include "wkspace.h"
18 | 
19 | /*PAGE
20 |  *
21 |  *  _Thread_Stack_Allocate
22 |  *
23 |  *  Allocate the requested stack space for the thread.
24 |  *  return the actual size allocated after any adjustment
25 |  *  or return zero if the allocation failed.
26 |  *  Set the Start.stack field to the address of the stack
27 |  */
28 | 
29 | unsigned32 _Thread_Stack_Allocate(
30 |   Thread_Control *the_thread,
31 |   unsigned32 stack_size
32 | )
33 | {
34 |   void *stack_addr = 0;
35 |  
36 |   if ( !_Stack_Is_enough( stack_size ) )
37 |     stack_size = STACK_MINIMUM_SIZE;
38 |  
39 |   /*
40 |    *  First pad the requested size so we allocate enough memory
41 |    *  so the context initialization can align it properly.  The address
42 |    *  returned the workspace allocate must be directly stored in the
43 |    *  stack control block because it is later used in the free sequence.
44 |    *
45 |    *  Thus it is the responsibility of the CPU dependent code to 
46 |    *  get and keep the stack adjust factor, the stack alignment, and 
47 |    *  the context initialization sequence in sync.
48 |    */
49 | 
50 |   stack_size = _Stack_Adjust_size( stack_size );
51 |   stack_addr = _Workspace_Allocate( stack_size );
52 |  
53 |   if ( !stack_addr )
54 |       stack_size = 0;
55 |  
56 |   the_thread->stack = stack_addr;
57 |  
58 |   return stack_size;
59 | }
60 | 
61 | /*
62 |  *  _Thread_Stack_Free
63 |  *
64 |  *  Deallocate the Thread's stack.
65 |  */
66 | 
67 | void _Thread_Stack_Free(
68 |   Thread_Control *the_thread
69 | )
70 | {
71 |     /*
72 |      *  If the API provided the stack space, then don't free it.
73 |      */
74 | 
75 |     if ( !the_thread->core_allocated_stack )
76 |       return;
77 | 
78 |     _Workspace_Free( the_thread->stack );
79 | }
80 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libogc/malloc_lock.c:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #include <_ansi.h>
 2 | #include <_syslist.h>
 3 | #ifndef REENTRANT_SYSCALLS_PROVIDED
 4 | #include <reent.h>
 5 | #endif
 6 | #include <errno.h>
 7 | #undef errno
 8 | extern int errno;
 9 | 
10 | #include "asm.h"
11 | #include "processor.h"
12 | #include "coremutex.h"
13 | 
14 | #define MEMLOCK_MUTEX_ID			0x00030040
15 | 
16 | static int initialized = 0;
17 | static CORE_mutex_Control mem_lock;
18 | 
19 | void __memlock_init()
20 | {
21 | 	_Thread_Disable_dispatch();
22 | 	if(!initialized) {
23 | 		CORE_mutex_Attributes attr;
24 | 
25 | 		initialized = 1;
26 | 		
27 | 		attr.discipline = CORE_MUTEX_DISCIPLINES_FIFO;
28 | 		attr.lock_nesting_behavior = CORE_MUTEX_NESTING_ACQUIRES;
29 | 		attr.only_owner_release = TRUE;
30 | 		attr.priority_ceiling = 1;
31 | 		_CORE_mutex_Initialize(&mem_lock,&attr,CORE_MUTEX_UNLOCKED);
32 | 	}
33 | 	_Thread_Unnest_dispatch();
34 | }
35 | 
36 | #ifndef REENTRANT_SYSCALLS_PROVIDED
37 | void _DEFUN(__libogc_malloc_lock,(r),
38 | 			struct _reent *r)
39 | {
40 | 	ISR_Level level;
41 | 	
42 | 	if(!initialized) return;
43 | 
44 | 	_ISR_Disable(level);
45 | 	_CORE_mutex_Seize(&mem_lock,MEMLOCK_MUTEX_ID,TRUE,RTEMS_NO_TIMEOUT,level);
46 | }
47 | 
48 | void _DEFUN(__libogc_malloc_unlock,(r),
49 | 			struct _reent *r)
50 | {
51 | 	if(!initialized) return;
52 | 
53 | 	_Thread_Disable_dispatch();
54 | 	_CORE_mutex_Surrender(&mem_lock);
55 | 	_Thread_Enable_dispatch();
56 | }
57 | 
58 | #else
59 | void _DEFUN(__libogc_malloc_lock,(ptr),
60 | 			struct _reent *ptr)
61 | {
62 | 	ISR_Level level;
63 | 	
64 | 	if(!initialized) return;
65 | 
66 | 	_ISR_Disable(level);
67 | 	_CORE_mutex_Seize(&mem_lock,MEMLOCK_MUTEX_ID,TRUE,RTEMS_NO_TIMEOUT,level);
68 | 	ptr->_errno = _Thread_Executing->wait.ret_code;
69 | }
70 | 
71 | void _DEFUN(__libogc_malloc_unlock,(ptr),
72 | 			struct _reent *ptr)
73 | {
74 | 	if(!initialized) return;
75 | 
76 | 	_Thread_Disable_dispatch();
77 | 	ptr->_errno = _CORE_mutex_Surrender(&mem_lock);
78 | 	_Thread_Enable_dispatch();
79 | }
80 | 
81 | #endif
82 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libogc/message.c:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
https://raw.githubusercontent.com/derek57/libogc/1d97726b06fed0e501569b4f755542123139e7ea/libogc/message.c


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libogc/object.inl:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*  object.inl
 2 |  *
 3 |  *  This include file contains the RTEMS_INLINE_ROUTINE implementation of all
 4 |  *  of the inlined routines in the Object Handler.
 5 |  *
 6 |  *  COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-2002.
 7 |  *  On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).
 8 |  *
 9 |  *  The license and distribution terms for this file may be
10 |  *  found in the file LICENSE in this distribution or at
11 |  *  http://www.OARcorp.com/rtems/license.html.
12 |  *
13 |  *  $Id$
14 |  */
15 | 
16 | #ifndef __OBJECTS_inl
17 | #define __OBJECTS_inl
18 | 
19 | /**
20 |  *  This function sets the pointer to the local_table object
21 |  *  referenced by the index.
22 |  *
23 |  *  @param[in] information points to an Object Information Table
24 |  *  @param[in] index is the index of the object the caller wants to access
25 |  *  @param[in] the_object is the local object pointer
26 |  */
27 | 
28 | RTEMS_INLINE_ROUTINE void _Objects_Set_local_object(
29 |   Objects_Information *information,
30 |   unsigned32           index,
31 |   Objects_Control     *the_object
32 | )
33 | {
34 |   if ( index < information->maximum )
35 |     information->local_table[ index ] = the_object;
36 | }
37 | 
38 | /*PAGE
39 |  *
40 |  *  _Objects_Open
41 |  *
42 |  *  DESCRIPTION:
43 |  *
44 |  *  This function places the_object control pointer and object name
45 |  *  in the Local Pointer and Local Name Tables, respectively.
46 |  */
47 | 
48 | RTEMS_INLINE_ROUTINE void _Objects_Open(
49 |   Objects_Information *information,
50 |   Objects_Control     *the_object
51 | )
52 | {
53 |   _Objects_Set_local_object( information, the_object->id, the_object );
54 | }
55 | 
56 | /*PAGE
57 |  *
58 |  *  _Objects_Close
59 |  *
60 |  *  DESCRIPTION:
61 |  *
62 |  *  This function removes the_object control pointer and object name
63 |  *  in the Local Pointer and Local Name Tables.
64 |  */
65 | 
66 | RTEMS_INLINE_ROUTINE void _Objects_Close(
67 |   Objects_Information  *information,
68 |   Objects_Control      *the_object
69 | )
70 | {
71 |   _Objects_Set_local_object( information, the_object->id, NULL );
72 | }
73 | 
74 | #endif
75 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libogc/sbrk.c:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #include <_ansi.h>
 2 | #include <_syslist.h>
 3 | #include <stdlib.h>
 4 | #include <unistd.h>
 5 | #include <reent.h>
 6 | #include <errno.h>
 7 | 
 8 | #include "asm.h"
 9 | #include "processor.h"
10 | #include "system.h"
11 | 
12 | #if defined(HW_RVL)
13 | u32 MALLOC_MEM2 __attribute__((weak)) = 1;
14 | #endif
15 | 
16 | void* _DEFUN(__libogc_sbrk_r,(ptr,incr),
17 | 			 struct _reent *ptr _AND
18 | 			 ptrdiff_t incr)
19 | {
20 | 	ISR_Level level;
21 | 	char *heap_end = 0;
22 | 	char *prev_heap = 0;
23 | #if defined(HW_RVL)
24 | 	static char *mem2_start = NULL;
25 | #endif
26 | 
27 | 	_ISR_Disable(level);
28 | #if defined(HW_RVL)
29 | 	if(MALLOC_MEM2) {
30 | 		// use MEM2 aswell for malloc
31 | 		if(mem2_start==NULL)
32 | 			heap_end = (char*)SYS_GetArenaLo();
33 | 		else
34 | 			heap_end = (char*)SYS_GetArena2Lo();
35 | 
36 | 		if(mem2_start) {
37 | 			// we're in MEM2
38 | 			if((heap_end+incr)>(char*)SYS_GetArena2Hi()) {
39 | 				// out of MEM2 case
40 | 				ptr->_errno = ENOMEM;
41 | 				prev_heap = (char *)-1;
42 | 			} else if ((heap_end+incr) < mem2_start) {
43 | 				// trying to sbrk() back below the MEM2 start barrier
44 | 				ptr->_errno = EINVAL;
45 | 				prev_heap = (char *)-1;
46 | 			} else {
47 | 				// success case
48 | 				prev_heap = heap_end;
49 | 				SYS_SetArena2Lo((void*)(heap_end+incr));
50 | 			}
51 | 			// if MEM2 area is exactly at the barrier, transition back to MEM1 again
52 | 			if(SYS_GetArena2Lo() == mem2_start) mem2_start = NULL;
53 | 		} else {
54 | 			// we're in MEM1
55 | 			if((heap_end+incr)>(char*)SYS_GetArenaHi()) {
56 | 				// out of MEM1, transition into MEM2
57 | 				if(((char*)SYS_GetArena2Lo() + incr) > (char*)SYS_GetArena2Hi()) {
58 | 					// this increment doesn't fit in available MEM2
59 | 					ptr->_errno = ENOMEM;
60 | 					prev_heap = (char *)-1;
61 | 				} else {
62 | 					// MEM2 is available, move into it
63 | 					mem2_start = heap_end = prev_heap = SYS_GetArena2Lo();
64 | 					SYS_SetArena2Lo((void*)(heap_end+incr));
65 | 				}
66 | 			} else {
67 | 				// MEM1 is available (or we're freeing memory)
68 | 				prev_heap = heap_end;
69 | 				SYS_SetArenaLo((void*)(heap_end+incr));
70 | 			}
71 | 		}
72 | 	} else {
73 | #endif
74 | 		heap_end = (char*)SYS_GetArenaLo();
75 | 
76 | 		if((heap_end+incr)>(char*)SYS_GetArenaHi()) {
77 | 
78 | 			ptr->_errno = ENOMEM;
79 | 			prev_heap = (char *)-1;
80 | 
81 | 		} else {
82 | 
83 | 			prev_heap = heap_end;
84 | 			SYS_SetArenaLo((void*)(heap_end+incr));
85 | 		}
86 | #if defined(HW_RVL)
87 | 	}
88 | #endif
89 | 	_ISR_Enable(level);
90 | 
91 | 	return (void*)prev_heap;	
92 | }
93 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libogc/sdgecko_buf.c:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #include <stdio.h>
 2 | #include <string.h>
 3 | 
 4 | #include "card_cmn.h"
 5 | #include "card_buf.h"
 6 | 
 7 | //#define _POOLBUFFER_DEBUG
 8 | 
 9 | #define BUF_POOL_CNT			3
10 | 
11 | typedef struct _buf_node {
12 | 	struct _buf_node *next;
13 | 	u8 data[SECTOR_SIZE+2];
14 | 	
15 | } BufNode;
16 | 
17 | static BufNode s_buf[BUF_POOL_CNT];
18 | static BufNode *s_freepool;
19 | 
20 | void sdgecko_initBufferPool()
21 | {
22 | 	u32 i;
23 | #ifdef _POOLBUFFER_DEBUG
24 | 	printf("card_initBufferPool()\n");
25 | #endif
26 | 	for(i=0;i<BUF_POOL_CNT-1;++i) {
27 | 		s_buf[i].next = s_buf+i+1;
28 | 	}
29 | 	s_buf[i].next = NULL;
30 | 	s_freepool = s_buf;
31 | }
32 | 
33 | u8*	sdgecko_allocBuffer()
34 | {
35 | 	u8 *buf = NULL;
36 | 	
37 | 	if(s_freepool) {
38 | 		buf = s_freepool->data;
39 | 		s_freepool = s_freepool->next;
40 | 	}
41 | 
42 | 	return buf;
43 | }
44 |  
45 | void sdgecko_freeBuffer(u8 *buf)
46 | {
47 | 	if(buf) {
48 | 		BufNode *node = (BufNode*)(buf-offsetof(BufNode,data));
49 | 		node->next = s_freepool;
50 | 		s_freepool = node;
51 | 	}
52 | }
53 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libogc/stack.inl:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*  stack.inl
 2 |  *
 3 |  *  This file contains the RTEMS_INLINE_ROUTINE implementation of the inlined
 4 |  *  routines from the Stack Handler.
 5 |  *
 6 |  *  COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-1999.
 7 |  *  On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).
 8 |  *
 9 |  *  The license and distribution terms for this file may be
10 |  *  found in the file LICENSE in this distribution or at
11 |  *  http://www.OARcorp.com/rtems/license.html.
12 |  *
13 |  *  $Id$
14 |  */
15 | 
16 | #ifndef __STACK_inl
17 | #define __STACK_inl
18 | 
19 | /*PAGE
20 |  *
21 |  *  _Stack_Is_enough
22 |  *
23 |  *  DESCRIPTION:
24 |  *
25 |  *  This function returns TRUE if size bytes is enough memory for
26 |  *  a valid stack area on this processor, and FALSE otherwise.
27 |  */
28 | 
29 | RTEMS_INLINE_ROUTINE boolean _Stack_Is_enough (
30 |   unsigned32 size
31 | )
32 | {
33 |   return ( size >= STACK_MINIMUM_SIZE );
34 | }
35 | 
36 | /*PAGE
37 |  *
38 |  *  _Stack_Adjust_size
39 |  *
40 |  *  DESCRIPTION:
41 |  *
42 |  *  This function increases the stack size to insure that the thread
43 |  *  has the desired amount of stack space after the initial stack
44 |  *  pointer is determined based on alignment restrictions.
45 |  *
46 |  *  NOTE:
47 |  *
48 |  *  The amount of adjustment for alignment is CPU dependent.
49 |  */
50 | 
51 | RTEMS_INLINE_ROUTINE unsigned32 _Stack_Adjust_size (
52 |   unsigned32 size
53 | )
54 | {
55 |   return size + CPU_STACK_ALIGNMENT;
56 | }
57 | 
58 | #endif
59 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libogc/sys_state.c:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 | #include "sysstate.h"
2 | 
3 | /*
4 |  *  The following variable contains the current system state.
5 |  */
6 | 
7 | System_state_Codes _System_state_Current;
8 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libogc/texconv.c:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*-------------------------------------------------------------
 2 | 
 3 | texconv.c - Helper functions for GX texture conversion
 4 | 
 5 | Copyright (C) 2008
 6 | softdev
 7 | Michael Wiedenbauer (shagkur)
 8 | Dave Murphy (WinterMute)
 9 | 
10 | This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
11 | warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any
12 | damages arising from the use of this software.
13 | 
14 | Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
15 | purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
16 | redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
17 | 
18 | 1.	The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
19 | must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
20 | this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
21 | documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
22 | 
23 | 2.	Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
24 | must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
25 | 
26 | 3.	This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
27 | distribution.
28 | 
29 | -------------------------------------------------------------*/
30 | #include <gctypes.h>
31 | 
32 | void MakeTexture565(const void *src,void *dst,s32 width,s32 height)
33 | {
34 | 	register u32 tmp0=0,tmp1=0,tmp2=0,tmp3=0;
35 | 
36 | 	__asm__ __volatile__ (
37 | 		"	srwi		%6,%6,2\n"
38 | 		"	srwi		%7,%7,2\n"
39 | 		"	subi		%3,%4,4\n"
40 | 		"	subi		%4,%4,8\n"
41 | 
42 | 		"2:	mtctr		%6\n"
43 | 		"	mr			%0,%5\n"
44 | 		//
45 | 		"1:	lwz			%1,0(%5)\n"
46 | 		"	stwu		%1,8(%4)\n"
47 | 		"	lwz			%2,4(%5)\n"
48 | 		"	stwu		%2,8(%3)\n"
49 | 
50 | 		"	lwz			%1,1024(%5)\n"
51 | 		"	stwu		%1,8(%4)\n"
52 | 		"	lwz			%2,1028(%5)\n"
53 | 		"	stwu		%2,8(%3)\n"
54 | 
55 | 		"	lwz			%1,2048(%5)\n"
56 | 		"	stwu		%1,8(%4)\n"
57 | 		"	lwz			%2,2052(%5)\n"
58 | 		"	stwu		%2,8(%3)\n"
59 | 
60 | 		"	lwz			%1,3072(%5)\n"
61 | 		"	stwu		%1,8(%4)\n"
62 | 		"	lwz			%2,3076(%5)\n"
63 | 		"	stwu		%2,8(%3)\n"
64 | 
65 | 		"	addi		%5,%5,8\n"
66 | 		"	bdnz		1b\n"
67 | 
68 | 		"	addi		%5,%0,4096\n"
69 | 		"	subic.		%7,%7,1\n"
70 | 		"	bne			2b"
71 | 		//		 0			  1			   2		    3	
72 | 		: "=&b"(tmp0), "=&r"(tmp1), "=&r"(tmp2), "=&b"(tmp3)
73 | 		//	   4		  5		    6		    7
74 | 		: "b"(dst), "b"(src), "r"(width), "r"(height)
75 | 		: "memory"
76 | 	);
77 | }
78 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libogc/timesupp.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __TIMESUPP_H__
 2 | #define __TIMESUPP_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #define TB_REQ						250
 5 | #define TB_SUCCESSFUL				0
 6 | 
 7 | #define TB_SECSPERMIN				60
 8 | #define TB_MINSPERHR				60
 9 | #define TB_MONSPERYR				12
10 | #define TB_DAYSPERYR				365
11 | #define TB_HRSPERDAY				24
12 | #define TB_SECSPERDAY				(TB_SECSPERMIN*TB_MINSPERHR*TB_HRSPERDAY)
13 | #define TB_SECSPERNYR				(365*TB_SECSPERDAY)
14 | 								
15 | #define TB_MSPERSEC					1000
16 | #define TB_USPERSEC					1000000
17 | #define TB_NSPERSEC					1000000000
18 | #define TB_NSPERMS					1000000
19 | #define TB_NSPERUS					1000
20 | #define TB_USPERTICK				10000
21 | 
22 | #include <sys/types.h>
23 | 
24 | time_t time(time_t *timer);
25 | unsigned int nanosleep(struct timespec *tb);
26 | 
27 | #endif
28 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libogc/tqdata.inl:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*  tqdata.inl
 2 |  *
 3 |  *  This file contains the RTEMS_INLINE_ROUTINE implementation of the inlined
 4 |  *  routines needed to support the Thread Queue Data.
 5 |  *
 6 |  *  COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-1999.
 7 |  *  On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).
 8 |  *
 9 |  *  The license and distribution terms for this file may be
10 |  *  found in the file LICENSE in this distribution or at
11 |  *  http://www.OARcorp.com/rtems/license.html.
12 |  *
13 |  *  $Id$
14 |  */
15 | 
16 | #ifndef __THREAD_QUEUE_DATA_inl
17 | #define __THREAD_QUEUE_DATA_inl
18 | 
19 | /*PAGE
20 |  *
21 |  *  _Thread_queue_Enter_critical_section
22 |  *
23 |  *  DESCRIPTION:
24 |  *
25 |  *  This routine is invoked to indicate that the specified thread queue is
26 |  *  entering a critical section.
27 |  */
28 |  
29 | RTEMS_INLINE_ROUTINE void _Thread_queue_Enter_critical_section (
30 |   Thread_queue_Control *the_thread_queue
31 | )
32 | {
33 |   the_thread_queue->sync_state = THREAD_QUEUE_NOTHING_HAPPENED;
34 | }
35 | 
36 | #endif
37 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libogc/video_asm.S:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1 | /*-------------------------------------------------------------
  2 | 
  3 | video_asm.S -- VIDEO subsystem assembler support
  4 | 
  5 | Copyright (C) 2004
  6 | Michael Wiedenbauer (shagkur)
  7 | Dave Murphy (WinterMute)
  8 | 
  9 | This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
 10 | warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any
 11 | damages arising from the use of this software.
 12 | 
 13 | Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
 14 | purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
 15 | redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
 16 | 
 17 | 1.	The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
 18 | must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
 19 | this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
 20 | documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
 21 | 
 22 | 2.	Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
 23 | must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
 24 | 
 25 | 3.	This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
 26 | distribution.
 27 | 
 28 | -------------------------------------------------------------*/
 29 | 
 30 | 
 31 | #include <asm.h>
 32 | 
 33 | 	.globl __VIClearFramebuffer
 34 | 	//r3 = dst, r4 = length(bytes),r5 = color
 35 | __VIClearFramebuffer:
 36 | 	srwi.	r0,r4,8
 37 | 	beq		2f
 38 | 	mtctr	r0
 39 | 	subi	r3,r3,4
 40 | 1:	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 41 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 42 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 43 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 44 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 45 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 46 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 47 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 48 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 49 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 50 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 51 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 52 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 53 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 54 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 55 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 56 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 57 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 58 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 59 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 60 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 61 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 62 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 63 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 64 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 65 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 66 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 67 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 68 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 69 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 70 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 71 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 72 | 
 73 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 74 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 75 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 76 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 77 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 78 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 79 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 80 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 81 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 82 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 83 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 84 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 85 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 86 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 87 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 88 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 89 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 90 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 91 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 92 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 93 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 94 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 95 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 96 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 97 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 98 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
 99 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
100 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
101 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
102 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
103 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
104 | 	stwu	r5,4(r3)
105 | 	bdnz	1b
106 | 2:	blr
107 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libogc/wkspace.c:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  *  Workspace Handler
 3 |  *
 4 |  *  XXX
 5 |  *
 6 |  *  NOTE:
 7 |  *
 8 |  *  COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-1999.
 9 |  *  On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).
10 |  *
11 |  *  The license and distribution terms for this file may be
12 |  *  found in the file LICENSE in this distribution or at
13 |  *  http://www.OARcorp.com/rtems/license.html.
14 |  *
15 |  *  $Id$
16 |  */
17 | 
18 | #include <stdlib.h>
19 | #include <system.h>
20 | #include <string.h>
21 | #include <asm.h>
22 | #include <processor.h>
23 | #include "system.h"
24 | #include "wkspace.h"
25 | 
26 | #define ROUND32UP(v)			(((unsigned32)(v) + 31) & ~31)
27 | 
28 | Heap_Control _Workspace_Area;
29 | static Heap_Information_block __wkspace_iblock;
30 | static unsigned32 memory_available = 0;
31 | 
32 | unsigned32 __lwp_wkspace_heapsize( void )
33 | {
34 | 	return memory_available;
35 | }
36 | 
37 | unsigned32 __lwp_wkspace_heapfree( void )
38 | {
39 | 	_Heap_Get_information( &_Workspace_Area, &__wkspace_iblock );
40 | 	return __wkspace_iblock.free_size;
41 | }
42 | 
43 | unsigned32 __lwp_wkspace_heapused( void )
44 | {
45 | 	_Heap_Get_information( &_Workspace_Area, &__wkspace_iblock );
46 | 	return __wkspace_iblock.used_size;
47 | }
48 | 
49 | /*PAGE
50 |  *
51 |  *  _Workspace_Handler_initialization
52 |  */
53 | 
54 | void _Workspace_Handler_initialization(
55 |   unsigned32 size
56 | )
57 | {
58 |   unsigned32 starting_address;
59 |   ISR_Level  level;
60 |   unsigned32 dsize;
61 | 
62 |   // Get current ArenaLo and adjust to 32-byte boundary
63 |   _ISR_Disable( level );
64 |   starting_address = ROUND32UP( SYS_GetArenaLo() );
65 |   dsize = (size - (starting_address - (unsigned32)SYS_GetArenaLo()));
66 |   SYS_SetArenaLo( (void *)(starting_address + dsize) );
67 |   _ISR_Enable( level );
68 | 
69 |   memset( (void *)starting_address, 0, dsize );
70 | 
71 |   memory_available += _Heap_Initialize(
72 |     &_Workspace_Area,
73 |     (void *)starting_address,
74 |     dsize,
75 |     CPU_HEAP_ALIGNMENT
76 |   );
77 | }
78 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libogc/wkspace.inl:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*  wkspace.inl
 2 |  *
 3 |  *  This include file contains the bodies of the routines which contains
 4 |  *  information related to the RAM Workspace.
 5 |  *
 6 |  *  COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-1999.
 7 |  *  On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).
 8 |  *
 9 |  *  The license and distribution terms for this file may be
10 |  *  found in the file LICENSE in this distribution or at
11 |  *  http://www.OARcorp.com/rtems/license.html.
12 |  *
13 |  *  $Id$
14 |  */
15 | 
16 | #ifndef __WORKSPACE_inl
17 | #define __WORKSPACE_inl
18 | 
19 | /*PAGE
20 |  *
21 |  *  _Workspace_Allocate
22 |  *
23 |  *  DESCRIPTION:
24 |  *
25 |  *  This routine returns the address of a block of memory of size
26 |  *  bytes.  If a block of the appropriate size cannot be allocated
27 |  *  from the workspace, then NULL is returned.
28 |  */
29 | 
30 | RTEMS_INLINE_ROUTINE void *_Workspace_Allocate(
31 |   unsigned32 size
32 | )
33 | {
34 |    return _Heap_Allocate( &_Workspace_Area, size );
35 | }
36 | 
37 | /*PAGE
38 |  *
39 |  *  _Workspace_Free
40 |  *
41 |  *  DESCRIPTION:
42 |  *
43 |  *  This function frees the specified block of memory.  If the block
44 |  *  belongs to the Workspace and can be successfully freed, then
45 |  *  TRUE is returned.  Otherwise FALSE is returned.
46 |  */
47 | 
48 | RTEMS_INLINE_ROUTINE boolean _Workspace_Free(
49 |   void *block
50 | )
51 | {
52 |    return _Heap_Free( &_Workspace_Area, block );
53 | }
54 | 
55 | #endif
56 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libogc_license.txt:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 |   Copyright (C) 2004 - 2009
 2 |     Michael Wiedenbauer (shagkur)
 3 |     Dave Murphy (WinterMute)
 4 | 
 5 |   This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied
 6 |   warranty.  In no event will the authors be held liable for any
 7 |   damages arising from the use of this software.
 8 | 
 9 |   Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any
10 |   purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and
11 |   redistribute it freely, subject to the following restrictions:
12 | 
13 |   1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you
14 |      must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use
15 |      this software in a product, an acknowledgment in the product
16 |      documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
17 |   2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and
18 |      must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
19 |   3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source
20 |      distribution.
21 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libtinysmb/ntlm.c:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /****************************************************************************
 2 |  * TinySMB
 3 |  * Nintendo Wii/GameCube SMB implementation
 4 |  *
 5 |  * NTLM authentication
 6 |  ****************************************************************************/
 7 | 
 8 | #include <stdlib.h>
 9 | #include <string.h>
10 | #include <unistd.h>
11 | #include <ogc/machine/processor.h>
12 | #include <stdint.h>
13 | 
14 | typedef struct
15 | {
16 | 	uint32_t encrypt_subkeys[32];
17 | 	uint32_t decrypt_subkeys[32];
18 | } gl_des_ctx;
19 | 
20 | extern void *md4_buffer(const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock);
21 | extern void gl_des_setkey(gl_des_ctx *ctx, const char * key);
22 | extern void gl_des_ecb_encrypt(gl_des_ctx *ctx, const char * from, char * to);
23 | 
24 | /* C89 compliant way to cast 'char' to 'unsigned char'. */
25 | static inline unsigned char to_uchar(char ch)
26 | {
27 | 	return ch;
28 | }
29 | 
30 | /*
31 |  * turns a 56 bit key into the 64 bit, and sets the key schedule ks.
32 |  */
33 | static void ntlm_convert_key(char *key_56, gl_des_ctx * ks)
34 | {
35 | 	char key[8];
36 | 
37 | 	key[0] = to_uchar(key_56[0]);
38 | 	key[1] = ((to_uchar(key_56[0]) << 7) & 0xFF) | (to_uchar(key_56[1]) >> 1);
39 | 	key[2] = ((to_uchar(key_56[1]) << 6) & 0xFF) | (to_uchar(key_56[2]) >> 2);
40 | 	key[3] = ((to_uchar(key_56[2]) << 5) & 0xFF) | (to_uchar(key_56[3]) >> 3);
41 | 	key[4] = ((to_uchar(key_56[3]) << 4) & 0xFF) | (to_uchar(key_56[4]) >> 4);
42 | 	key[5] = ((to_uchar(key_56[4]) << 3) & 0xFF) | (to_uchar(key_56[5]) >> 5);
43 | 	key[6] = ((to_uchar(key_56[5]) << 2) & 0xFF) | (to_uchar(key_56[6]) >> 6);
44 | 	key[7] = (to_uchar(key_56[6]) << 1) & 0xFF;
45 | 
46 | 	gl_des_setkey(ks, key);
47 | 
48 | 	memset(&key, 0, sizeof(key));
49 | }
50 | 
51 | /*
52 |  * takes a 21 byte array and treats it as 3 56-bit DES keys. The
53 |  * 8 byte plaintext is encrypted with each key and the resulting 24
54 |  * bytes are stored in the results array.
55 |  */
56 | static void ntlm_encrypt_answer(char *hash, const char *challenge, char *answer)
57 | {
58 | 	gl_des_ctx ks;
59 | 
60 | 	ntlm_convert_key(hash, &ks);
61 | 	gl_des_ecb_encrypt(&ks, challenge, answer);
62 | 
63 | 	ntlm_convert_key(&hash[7], &ks);
64 | 	gl_des_ecb_encrypt(&ks, challenge, &answer[8]);
65 | 
66 | 	ntlm_convert_key(&hash[14], &ks);
67 | 	gl_des_ecb_encrypt(&ks, challenge, &answer[16]);
68 | 
69 | 	memset(&ks, 0, sizeof(ks));
70 | }
71 | 
72 | void ntlm_smb_nt_encrypt(const char *passwd, const u8 * challenge, u8 * answer)
73 | {
74 | 	size_t len, i;
75 | 	unsigned char hash[24];
76 | 	unsigned char nt_pw[256];
77 | 
78 | 	/* NT resp */
79 | 	len = strlen(passwd);
80 | 	if (len > 128)
81 | 		len = 128;
82 | 	for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
83 | 	{
84 | 		nt_pw[2 * i] = passwd[i];
85 | 		nt_pw[2 * i + 1] = 0;
86 | 	}
87 | 
88 | 	md4_buffer((const char *) nt_pw, len * 2, hash);
89 | 
90 | 	memset(hash + 16, 0, 5);
91 | 	ntlm_encrypt_answer((char *) hash, (const char *) challenge,
92 | 			(char *) answer);
93 | 
94 | 	/* with security is best be pedantic */
95 | 	memset(hash, 0, sizeof(hash));
96 | 	memset(nt_pw, 0, sizeof(nt_pw));
97 | }
98 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/libwiikeyboard/wsksymvar.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*-
 2 |  * Copyright (c) 1997 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
 3 |  * All rights reserved.
 4 |  *
 5 |  * This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
 6 |  * by Juergen Hannken-Illjes.
 7 |  *
 8 |  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 9 |  * modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
10 |  * are met:
11 |  * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
12 |  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
13 |  * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
14 |  *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
15 |  *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
16 |  *
17 |  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
18 |  * ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
19 |  * TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
20 |  * PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
21 |  * BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
22 |  * CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
23 |  * SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
24 |  * INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
25 |  * CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
26 |  * ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
27 |  * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
28 |  */
29 | 
30 | #ifndef _DEV_WSCONS_WSKSYMVAR_H_
31 | #define _DEV_WSCONS_WSKSYMVAR_H_
32 | 
33 | #include <gctypes.h>
34 | 
35 | typedef u16 keysym_t;
36 | typedef u32 kbd_t;
37 | 
38 | struct wscons_keymap {
39 | 	keysym_t command;
40 | 	keysym_t group1[2];
41 | 	keysym_t group2[2];
42 | };
43 | 
44 | struct wscons_keydesc {
45 | 	kbd_t	name;				/* name of this map */
46 | 	kbd_t	base;				/* map this one is based on */
47 | 	int	map_size;			/* size of map */
48 | 	const keysym_t *map;			/* the map itself */
49 | };
50 | 
51 | struct wskbd_mapdata {
52 | 	const struct wscons_keydesc *keydesc;
53 | 	kbd_t layout;
54 | };
55 | 
56 | /* layout variant bits ignored by mapping code */
57 | #define KB_HANDLEDBYWSKBD KB_METAESC
58 | 
59 | /*
60 |  * Utility functions.
61 |  */
62 | void	wskbd_get_mapentry(const struct wskbd_mapdata *, int,
63 |                                 struct wscons_keymap *);
64 | void	wskbd_init_keymap(int, struct wscons_keymap **, int *);
65 | int	wskbd_load_keymap(const struct wskbd_mapdata *,
66 |                                struct wscons_keymap **, int *);
67 | keysym_t wskbd_compose_value(keysym_t *);
68 | 
69 | #endif /* !_DEV_WSCONS_WSKSYMVAR_H_ */
70 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/lwbt/btmemb.c:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #include <stdlib.h>
 2 | #include <string.h>
 3 | 
 4 | #include "asm.h"
 5 | #include "processor.h"
 6 | 
 7 | #include "bt.h"
 8 | #include "btmemb.h"
 9 | 
10 | void btmemb_init(struct memb_blks *blk)
11 | {
12 | 	MEMSET(blk->mem,0,(MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(blk->size)+sizeof(u32))*blk->num);
13 | }
14 | 
15 | void* btmemb_alloc(struct memb_blks *blk)
16 | {
17 | 	s32 i;
18 | 	u32 *ptr;
19 | 	u32 level;
20 | 	void *p;
21 | 	
22 | 	_ISR_Disable(level);
23 | 	ptr = (u32*)blk->mem;
24 | 	for(i=0;i<blk->num;i++) {
25 | 		if(*ptr==0) {
26 | 			++(*ptr);
27 | 			p = (ptr+1);
28 | 			_ISR_Enable(level);
29 | 			return p;
30 | 		}
31 | 		ptr = (u32*)((u8*)ptr+(MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(blk->size)+sizeof(u32)));
32 | 	}
33 | 	_ISR_Enable(level);
34 | 	return NULL;
35 | }
36 | 
37 | u8 btmemb_free(struct memb_blks *blk,void *ptr)
38 | {
39 | 	u8 ref;
40 | 	s32 i;
41 | 	u32 level;
42 | 	u32 *ptr2,*ptr1;
43 | 
44 | 	_ISR_Disable(level);
45 | 	ptr1 = ptr;
46 | 	ptr2 = (u32*)blk->mem;
47 | 	for(i=0;i<blk->num;i++) {
48 | 		if(ptr2==(ptr1 - 1)) {
49 | 			ref = --(*ptr2);
50 | 			_ISR_Enable(level);
51 | 			return ref;
52 | 		}
53 | 		ptr2 = (u32*)((u8*)ptr2+(MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(blk->size)+sizeof(u32)));
54 | 	}
55 | 	_ISR_Enable(level);
56 | 	return -1;
57 | }
58 | 
59 | u8 btmemb_ref(struct memb_blks *blk,void *ptr)
60 | {
61 | 	u8 ref;
62 | 	u32 *pref;
63 | 	u32 level;
64 | 	
65 | 	_ISR_Disable(level);
66 | 	pref = ptr-sizeof(u32);
67 | 	ref = ++(*pref);
68 | 	_ISR_Enable(level);
69 | 	return ref;
70 | }
71 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/lwbt/btmemb.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __BTMEMB_H__
 2 | #define __BTMEMB_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #include <gctypes.h>
 5 | 
 6 | #define MEMB(name,size,num)										\
 7 | 	static u8 memb_mem_##name[(MEM_ALIGN_SIZE(size)+sizeof(u32))*num];		\
 8 | 	static struct memb_blks name = {size,num,memb_mem_##name}
 9 | 
10 | struct memb_blks {
11 | 	u16 size;
12 | 	u16 num;
13 | 	u8 *mem;
14 | };
15 | 
16 | void btmemb_init(struct memb_blks *blk);
17 | void* btmemb_alloc(struct memb_blks *blk);
18 | u8 btmemb_free(struct memb_blks *blk,void *ptr);
19 | u8 btmemb_ref(struct memb_blks *blk,void *ptr);
20 | 
21 | #endif
22 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/lwbt/btmemr.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __BTMEMR_H__
 2 | #define __BTMEMR_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #include <gctypes.h>
 5 | 
 6 | void btmemr_init();
 7 | void* btmemr_malloc(u32 size);
 8 | void btmemr_free(void *ptr);
 9 | void* btmemr_realloc(void *ptr,u32 newsize);
10 | void* btmemr_reallocm(void *ptr,u32 newsize);
11 | 
12 | #endif
13 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/lwbt/btpbuf.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __BTPBUF_H__
 2 | #define __BTPBUF_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #include "bt.h"
 5 | 
 6 | /* Definitions for the pbuf flag field. These are NOT the flags that
 7 |  * are passed to pbuf_alloc(). */
 8 | #define PBUF_FLAG_RAM   0x00U    /* Flags that pbuf data is stored in RAM */
 9 | #define PBUF_FLAG_ROM   0x01U    /* Flags that pbuf data is stored in ROM */
10 | #define PBUF_FLAG_POOL  0x02U    /* Flags that the pbuf comes from the pbuf pool */
11 | #define PBUF_FLAG_REF   0x04U    /* Flags thet the pbuf payload refers to RAM */
12 | 
13 | typedef enum {
14 | 	PBUF_TRANSPORT,
15 | 	PBUF_LINK,
16 | 	PBUF_RAW
17 | } pbuf_layer;
18 | 
19 | typedef enum {
20 | 	PBUF_POOL,
21 | 	PBUF_RAM,
22 | 	PBUF_ROM,
23 | 	PBUF_REF
24 | } pbuf_flag;
25 | 
26 | struct pbuf {
27 | 	struct pbuf *next;
28 | 	void *payload;
29 | 	u16_t tot_len;
30 | 	u16_t len;
31 | 	u16_t flags;
32 | 	u16_t ref;
33 | };
34 | 
35 | void btpbuf_init();
36 | struct pbuf* btpbuf_alloc(pbuf_layer layer,u16_t len,pbuf_flag flag);
37 | u8_t btpbuf_free(struct pbuf *p);
38 | void btpbuf_realloc(struct pbuf *p,u16_t new_len);
39 | u8_t btpbuf_header(struct pbuf *p,s16_t hdr_size_inc);
40 | void btpbuf_cat(struct pbuf *h,struct pbuf *t);
41 | u8_t btpbuf_clen(struct pbuf *p);
42 | void btpbuf_queue(struct pbuf *p,struct pbuf *n);
43 | void btpbuf_ref(struct pbuf *p);
44 | void btpbuf_chain(struct pbuf *h,struct pbuf *t);
45 | struct pbuf* btpbuf_dequeue(struct pbuf *p);
46 | struct pbuf* btpbuf_dechain(struct pbuf *p);
47 | struct pbuf* btpbuf_take(struct pbuf *p);
48 | 
49 | #endif
50 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/lwbt/physbusif.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __PHYSBUSIF_H__
 2 | #define __PHYSBUSIF_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #include "btpbuf.h"
 5 | 
 6 | typedef struct _usb_p usb_p;
 7 | typedef s32 (*pbcallback)(s32 state,s32 result,usb_p *usb);
 8 | 
 9 | struct _usb_p
10 | {
11 | 	s32 fd;				
12 | 	u8 acl_out;				
13 | 	u8 acl_in;				
14 | 	u8 hci_evt;				
15 | 	u8 hci_ctrl;			
16 | 	u32 vid;				
17 | 	u32 pid;				
18 | 	u8 openstate;			
19 | 	pbcallback closecb;		
20 | 	pbcallback unregcb;		
21 | };
22 | 
23 | void physbusif_init();
24 | void physbusif_close();
25 | void physbusif_shutdown();
26 | void physbusif_reset_all();
27 | void physbusif_output(struct pbuf *p,u16_t len);
28 | 
29 | #endif
30 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/lwip/netio.c:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1 | #include <stdlib.h>
  2 | #include <string.h>
  3 | #include <reent.h>
  4 | #include <errno.h>
  5 | #undef errno
  6 | extern int errno;
  7 | 
  8 | #include <sys/iosupport.h>
  9 | #include "lwip/ip_addr.h"
 10 | #include "network.h"
 11 | int netio_open(struct _reent *r, void *fileStruct, const char *path,int flags,int mode);
 12 | int netio_close(struct _reent *r,int fd);
 13 | int netio_write(struct _reent *r,int fd,const char *ptr,size_t len);
 14 | int netio_read(struct _reent *r,int fd,char *ptr,size_t len);
 15 | 
 16 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 17 | const devoptab_t dotab_stdnet = {
 18 | //---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 19 | 	"stdnet",		// device name
 20 | 	0,				// size of file structure
 21 | 	netio_open,		// device open
 22 | 	netio_close,	// device close
 23 | 	netio_write,	// device write
 24 | 	netio_read,		// device read
 25 | 	NULL,			// device seek
 26 | 	NULL,			// device fstat
 27 | 	NULL,			// device stat
 28 | 	NULL,			// device link
 29 | 	NULL,			// device unlink
 30 | 	NULL,			// device chdir
 31 | 	NULL,			// device rename
 32 | 	NULL,			// device mkdir
 33 | 	0,				// dirStateSize
 34 | 	NULL,			// device diropen_r
 35 | 	NULL,			// device dirreset_r
 36 | 	NULL,			// device dirnext_r
 37 | 	NULL,			// device dirclose_r
 38 | 	NULL			// device statvfs_r
 39 | };
 40 | 
 41 | int netio_open(struct _reent *r, void *fileStruct, const char *path,int flags,int mode)
 42 | {
 43 | 	char *cport = NULL;
 44 | 	int optval = 1,nport = -1,udp_sock = INVALID_SOCKET;
 45 | 	struct sockaddr_in name;
 46 | 	socklen_t namelen = sizeof(struct sockaddr);
 47 | 
 48 | 	if(net_init()==SOCKET_ERROR) return -1;
 49 | 
 50 | 	udp_sock = net_socket(AF_INET,SOCK_STREAM,IPPROTO_TCP);
 51 | 	if(udp_sock==INVALID_SOCKET) return -1;
 52 | 
 53 | 	cport = strchr(path,':');
 54 | 	if(cport) {
 55 | 		*cport++ = '\0';
 56 | 		nport = atoi(cport);
 57 | 	}
 58 | 	if(nport==-1) nport = 7;	//try to connect to the well known port 7
 59 | 	
 60 | 	name.sin_addr.s_addr = inet_addr(path); 
 61 | 	name.sin_port = htons(nport);
 62 | 	name.sin_family = AF_INET;
 63 | 	if(net_connect(udp_sock,(struct sockaddr*)&name,namelen)==-1) {
 64 | 		net_close(udp_sock);
 65 | 		return -1;
 66 | 	}
 67 | 	net_setsockopt(udp_sock,IPPROTO_TCP,TCP_NODELAY,&optval,sizeof(optval));
 68 | 	
 69 | 	return udp_sock;
 70 | }
 71 | 
 72 | int netio_close(struct _reent *r,int fd)
 73 | {
 74 | 	if(fd<0) return -1;
 75 | 
 76 | 	net_close(fd);
 77 | 
 78 | 	return 0;
 79 | }
 80 | 
 81 | int netio_write(struct _reent *r,int fd,const char *ptr,size_t len)
 82 | {
 83 | 	int ret;
 84 | 
 85 | 	if(fd<0) return -1;
 86 | 	
 87 | 	ret = net_write(fd,(void*)ptr,len);
 88 | 
 89 | 	return ret;
 90 | }
 91 | 
 92 | int netio_read(struct _reent *r,int fd,char *ptr,size_t len)
 93 | {
 94 | 	int ret;
 95 | 
 96 | 	if(fd<0) return -1;
 97 | 
 98 | 	ret = net_read(fd,ptr,len);
 99 | 
100 | 	return ret;
101 | }
102 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/wiiuse/classic.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  *	wiiuse
 3 |  *
 4 |  *	Written By:
 5 |  *		Michael Laforest	< para >
 6 |  *		Email: < thepara (--AT--) g m a i l [--DOT--] com >
 7 |  *
 8 |  *	Copyright 2006-2007
 9 |  *
10 |  *	This file is part of wiiuse.
11 |  *
12 |  *	This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
13 |  *	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
14 |  *	the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
15 |  *	(at your option) any later version.
16 |  *
17 |  *	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
18 |  *	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
19 |  *	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
20 |  *	GNU General Public License for more details.
21 |  *
22 |  *	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
23 |  *	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
24 |  *
25 |  *	$Header: /lvm/shared/ds/ds/cvs/devkitpro-cvsbackup/libogc/wiiuse/classic.h,v 1.1 2008-05-08 09:42:14 shagkur Exp $
26 |  *
27 |  */
28 | 
29 | /**
30 |  *	@file
31 |  *	@brief Classic controller expansion device.
32 |  */
33 | 
34 | #ifndef CLASSIC_H_INCLUDED
35 | #define CLASSIC_H_INCLUDED
36 | 
37 | #include "wiiuse_internal.h"
38 | 
39 | #ifdef __cplusplus
40 | extern "C" {
41 | #endif
42 | 
43 | int classic_ctrl_handshake(struct wiimote_t* wm, struct classic_ctrl_t* cc, ubyte* data, uword len);
44 | 
45 | void classic_ctrl_disconnected(struct classic_ctrl_t* cc);
46 | 
47 | void classic_ctrl_event(struct classic_ctrl_t* cc, ubyte* msg);
48 | 
49 | #ifdef __cplusplus
50 | }
51 | #endif
52 | 
53 | #endif // CLASSIC_H_INCLUDED
54 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/wiiuse/definitions.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __DEFINITIONS_H__
 2 | #define __DEFINITIONS_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #include "os.h"
 5 | 
 6 | #define WIIMOTE_PI			3.14159265f
 7 | 
 8 | //#define WITH_WIIUSE_DEBUG
 9 | 
10 | /* Error output macros */
11 | #define WIIUSE_ERROR(fmt, ...)		fprintf(stderr, "[ERROR] " fmt "\n", ##__VA_ARGS__)
12 | 
13 | /* Warning output macros */
14 | #define WIIUSE_WARNING(fmt, ...)	fprintf(stderr, "[WARNING] " fmt "\n",	##__VA_ARGS__)
15 | 
16 | /* Information output macros */
17 | #define WIIUSE_INFO(fmt, ...)		fprintf(stderr, "[INFO] " fmt "\n", ##__VA_ARGS__)
18 | 
19 | #ifdef WITH_WIIUSE_DEBUG
20 | 	#ifdef WIN32
21 | 		#define WIIUSE_DEBUG(fmt, ...)		do {																				\
22 | 												char* file = __FILE__;															\
23 | 												int i = strlen(file) - 1;														\
24 | 												for (; i && (file[i] != '\\'); --i);											\
25 | 												fprintf(stderr, "[DEBUG] %s:%i: " fmt "\n", file+i+1, __LINE__, ##__VA_ARGS__);	\
26 | 											} while (0)
27 | 	#else
28 | 		#define WIIUSE_DEBUG(fmt, ...)	fprintf(stderr, "[DEBUG] " __FILE__ ":%i: " fmt "\n", __LINE__, ##__VA_ARGS__)
29 | 	#endif
30 | #else
31 | 	#define WIIUSE_DEBUG(fmt, ...)
32 | #endif
33 | 
34 | #if 1
35 | #define WII_DEBUG(fmt, ...)			do {																						\
36 | 										printf("[WDEBUG] " __FILE__ ":%i: " fmt "\n", __LINE__, ##__VA_ARGS__);					\
37 | 										usleep(3000000);																		\
38 | 									} while (0)
39 | #else
40 | 	#define WII_DEBUG(fmt, ...)
41 | #endif
42 | 
43 | 
44 | /* Convert between radians and degrees */
45 | #define RAD_TO_DEGREE(r)	((r * 180.0f) / WIIMOTE_PI)
46 | #define DEGREE_TO_RAD(d)	(d * (WIIMOTE_PI / 180.0f))
47 | 
48 | /* Convert to big endian */
49 | #define BIG_ENDIAN_LONG(i)				(htonl(i))
50 | #define BIG_ENDIAN_SHORT(i)				(htons(i))
51 | 
52 | #define absf(x)						((x >= 0) ? (x) : (x * -1.0f))
53 | #define diff_f(x, y)				((x >= y) ? (absf(x - y)) : (absf(y - x)))
54 | 
55 | #endif
56 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/wiiuse/dynamics.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  *	wiiuse
 3 |  *
 4 |  *	Written By:
 5 |  *		Michael Laforest	< para >
 6 |  *		Email: < thepara (--AT--) g m a i l [--DOT--] com >
 7 |  *
 8 |  *	Copyright 2006-2007
 9 |  *
10 |  *	This file is part of wiiuse.
11 |  *
12 |  *	This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
13 |  *	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
14 |  *	the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
15 |  *	(at your option) any later version.
16 |  *
17 |  *	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
18 |  *	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
19 |  *	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
20 |  *	GNU General Public License for more details.
21 |  *
22 |  *	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
23 |  *	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
24 |  *
25 |  *	$Header: /lvm/shared/ds/ds/cvs/devkitpro-cvsbackup/libogc/wiiuse/dynamics.h,v 1.2 2008-11-14 13:34:57 shagkur Exp $
26 |  *
27 |  */
28 | 
29 | /**
30 |  *	@file
31 |  *	@brief Handles the dynamics of the wiimote.
32 |  *
33 |  *	The file includes functions that handle the dynamics
34 |  *	of the wiimote.  Such dynamics include orientation and
35 |  *	motion sensing.
36 |  */
37 | 
38 | #ifndef DYNAMICS_H_INCLUDED
39 | #define DYNAMICS_H_INCLUDED
40 | 
41 | #include "wiiuse_internal.h"
42 | 
43 | #ifdef __cplusplus
44 | extern "C" {
45 | #endif
46 | 
47 | void calculate_orientation(struct accel_t* ac, struct vec3w_t* accel, struct orient_t* orient, int smooth);
48 | void calculate_gforce(struct accel_t* ac, struct vec3w_t* accel, struct gforce_t* gforce);
49 | void calc_joystick_state(struct joystick_t* js, float x, float y);
50 | void calc_balanceboard_state(struct wii_board_t *wb);
51 | void apply_smoothing(struct accel_t* ac, struct orient_t* orient, int type);
52 | 
53 | #ifdef __cplusplus
54 | }
55 | #endif
56 | 
57 | #endif // DYNAMICS_H_INCLUDED
58 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/wiiuse/events.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __EVENTS_H__
 2 | #define __EVENTS_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #ifdef __cplusplus
 5 | extern "C" {
 6 | #endif
 7 | 
 8 | void wiiuse_pressed_buttons(struct wiimote_t* wm, ubyte* msg);
 9 | 
10 | #ifdef __cplusplus
11 | }
12 | #endif
13 | 
14 | #endif
15 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/wiiuse/guitar_hero_3.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  *	wiiuse
 3 |  *
 4 |  *	Written By:
 5 |  *		Michael Laforest	< para >
 6 |  *		Email: < thepara (--AT--) g m a i l [--DOT--] com >
 7 |  *
 8 |  *	Copyright 2006-2007
 9 |  *
10 |  *	This file is part of wiiuse.
11 |  *
12 |  *	This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
13 |  *	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
14 |  *	the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
15 |  *	(at your option) any later version.
16 |  *
17 |  *	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
18 |  *	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
19 |  *	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
20 |  *	GNU General Public License for more details.
21 |  *
22 |  *	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
23 |  *	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
24 |  *
25 |  *	$Header: /lvm/shared/ds/ds/cvs/devkitpro-cvsbackup/libogc/wiiuse/guitar_hero_3.h,v 1.1 2008-05-08 09:42:14 shagkur Exp $
26 |  *
27 |  */
28 | 
29 | /**
30 |  *	@file
31 |  *	@brief Guitar Hero 3 expansion device.
32 |  */
33 | 
34 | #ifndef GUITAR_HERO_3_H_INCLUDED
35 | #define GUITAR_HERO_3_H_INCLUDED
36 | 
37 | #include "wiiuse_internal.h"
38 | 
39 | #define GUITAR_HERO_3_JS_MASK				0x3F
40 | #define GUITAR_HERO_3_TOUCH_MASK			0x1F
41 | #define GUITAR_HERO_3_WHAMMY_MASK			0x1F
42 | 
43 | #define GUITAR_HERO_3_JS_MIN_X				0x05
44 | #define GUITAR_HERO_3_JS_MAX_X				0x3C
45 | #define GUITAR_HERO_3_JS_CENTER_X			0x20
46 | #define GUITAR_HERO_3_JS_MIN_Y				0x05
47 | #define GUITAR_HERO_3_JS_MAX_Y				0x3A
48 | #define GUITAR_HERO_3_JS_CENTER_Y			0x20
49 | #define GUITAR_HERO_3_WHAMMY_BAR_MIN		0x0F
50 | #define GUITAR_HERO_3_WHAMMY_BAR_MAX		0x1A
51 | 
52 | #ifdef __cplusplus
53 | extern "C" {
54 | #endif
55 | 
56 | int guitar_hero_3_handshake(struct wiimote_t* wm, struct guitar_hero_3_t* gh3, ubyte* data, uword len);
57 | 
58 | void guitar_hero_3_disconnected(struct guitar_hero_3_t* gh3);
59 | 
60 | void guitar_hero_3_event(struct guitar_hero_3_t* gh3, ubyte* msg);
61 | 
62 | #ifdef __cplusplus
63 | }
64 | #endif
65 | 
66 | #endif // GUITAR_HERO_3_H_INCLUDED
67 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/wiiuse/io.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __IO_H__
 2 | #define __IO_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #include "wiiuse_internal.h"
 5 | 
 6 | #ifdef __cplusplus
 7 | extern "C" {
 8 | #endif
 9 | 
10 | void wiiuse_handshake(struct wiimote_t* wm,ubyte *data,uword len);
11 | void wiiuse_handshake_expansion_start(struct wiimote_t *wm);
12 | void wiiuse_handshake_expansion(struct wiimote_t *wm,ubyte *data,uword len);
13 | void wiiuse_disable_expansion(struct wiimote_t *wm);
14 | 
15 | int wiiuse_io_read(struct wiimote_t* wm);
16 | int wiiuse_io_write(struct wiimote_t* wm, ubyte* buf, int len);
17 | 
18 | #ifdef __cplusplus
19 | }
20 | #endif
21 | 
22 | #endif
23 | 
24 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/wiiuse/ir.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __IR_H__
 2 | #define __IR_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #include "wiiuse_internal.h"
 5 | 
 6 | #define WII_VRES_X		560
 7 | #define WII_VRES_Y		340
 8 | 
 9 | #ifdef __cplusplus
10 | extern "C" {
11 | #endif
12 | 
13 | void calculate_basic_ir(struct wiimote_t* wm, ubyte* data);
14 | void calculate_extended_ir(struct wiimote_t* wm, ubyte* data);
15 | float calc_yaw(struct ir_t* ir);
16 | void interpret_ir_data(struct ir_t* ir, struct orient_t *orient);
17 | 
18 | #ifdef __cplusplus
19 | }
20 | #endif
21 | 
22 | #endif
23 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/wiiuse/motion_plus.c:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #include <stdio.h>
 2 | #include <stdlib.h>
 3 | #include <math.h>
 4 | #include <string.h>
 5 | 
 6 | #ifdef WIN32
 7 | 	#include <Winsock2.h>
 8 | #endif
 9 | 
10 | #include "definitions.h"
11 | #include "wiiuse_internal.h"
12 | #include "dynamics.h"
13 | #include "events.h"
14 | #include "wiiboard.h"
15 | #include "io.h"
16 | 
17 | void wiiuse_motion_plus_check(struct wiimote_t *wm,ubyte *data,uword len)
18 | {
19 | 	u32 val;
20 | 	if(data == NULL)
21 | 	{
22 | 		wiiuse_read_data(wm, wm->motion_plus_id, WM_EXP_ID, 6, wiiuse_motion_plus_check);
23 | 	}
24 | 	else
25 | 	{
26 | 		WIIMOTE_DISABLE_STATE(wm, WIIMOTE_STATE_EXP);
27 | 		WIIMOTE_DISABLE_STATE(wm, WIIMOTE_STATE_EXP_FAILED);
28 | 		WIIMOTE_DISABLE_STATE(wm, WIIMOTE_STATE_EXP_HANDSHAKE);
29 | 		val = (data[3] << 16) | (data[2] << 24) | (data[4] << 8) | data[5];
30 | 		if(val == EXP_ID_CODE_MOTION_PLUS)
31 | 		{
32 | 			/* handshake done */
33 | 			wm->event = WIIUSE_MOTION_PLUS_ACTIVATED;
34 | 			wm->exp.type = EXP_MOTION_PLUS;
35 | 			
36 | 			WIIMOTE_ENABLE_STATE(wm,WIIMOTE_STATE_EXP);
37 | 			wiiuse_set_ir_mode(wm);
38 | 		}
39 | 	}
40 | }
41 | 
42 | static void wiiuse_set_motion_plus_clear2(struct wiimote_t *wm,ubyte *data,uword len)
43 | {
44 | 	WIIMOTE_DISABLE_STATE(wm, WIIMOTE_STATE_EXP);
45 | 	WIIMOTE_DISABLE_STATE(wm, WIIMOTE_STATE_EXP_FAILED);
46 | 	WIIMOTE_DISABLE_STATE(wm, WIIMOTE_STATE_EXP_HANDSHAKE);
47 | 	wiiuse_set_ir_mode(wm);
48 | 	wiiuse_status(wm,NULL);
49 | }
50 | 
51 | static void wiiuse_set_motion_plus_clear1(struct wiimote_t *wm,ubyte *data,uword len)
52 | {
53 | 	ubyte val = 0x00;
54 | 	wiiuse_write_data(wm,WM_EXP_MEM_ENABLE1,&val,1,wiiuse_set_motion_plus_clear2);
55 | }
56 | 
57 | 
58 | void wiiuse_set_motion_plus(struct wiimote_t *wm, int status)
59 | {
60 | 	ubyte val;
61 | 	
62 | 	if(WIIMOTE_IS_SET(wm,WIIMOTE_STATE_EXP_HANDSHAKE))
63 | 		return;
64 | 	
65 | 	WIIMOTE_ENABLE_STATE(wm, WIIMOTE_STATE_EXP_HANDSHAKE);
66 | 	if(status)
67 | 	{
68 | 		val = 0x04;
69 | 		wiiuse_write_data(wm,WM_EXP_MOTION_PLUS_ENABLE,&val,1,wiiuse_motion_plus_check);
70 | 	}
71 | 	else
72 | 	{
73 | 		wiiuse_disable_expansion(wm);
74 | 		val = 0x55;
75 | 		wiiuse_write_data(wm,WM_EXP_MEM_ENABLE1,&val,1,wiiuse_set_motion_plus_clear1);
76 | 	}
77 | }
78 | 
79 | void motion_plus_disconnected(struct motion_plus_t* mp)
80 | {
81 | 	WIIUSE_DEBUG("Motion plus disconnected");
82 | 	memset(mp, 0, sizeof(struct motion_plus_t));
83 | }
84 | 
85 | void motion_plus_event(struct motion_plus_t* mp, ubyte* msg)
86 | {
87 | 	mp->rx = ((msg[5] & 0xFC) << 6) | msg[2]; // Pitch
88 | 	mp->ry = ((msg[4] & 0xFC) << 6) | msg[1]; // Roll
89 | 	mp->rz = ((msg[3] & 0xFC) << 6) | msg[0]; // Yaw
90 | 
91 | 	mp->ext = msg[4] & 0x1;
92 | 	mp->status = (msg[3] & 0x3) | ((msg[4] & 0x2) << 1); // roll, yaw, pitch
93 | }
94 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/wiiuse/motion_plus.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /**
 2 |  *	@file
 3 |  *	@brief Motion plus extension
 4 |  */
 5 | 
 6 | #ifndef MOTION_PLUS_H_INCLUDED
 7 | #define MOTION_PLUS_H_INCLUDED
 8 | 
 9 | #include "wiiuse_internal.h"
10 | 
11 | #ifdef __cplusplus
12 | extern "C" {
13 | #endif
14 | 
15 | void motion_plus_disconnected(struct motion_plus_t* mp);
16 | 
17 | void motion_plus_event(struct motion_plus_t* mp, ubyte* msg);
18 | 
19 | #ifdef __cplusplus
20 | }
21 | #endif
22 | 
23 | #endif
24 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/wiiuse/nunchuk.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __NUNCHUK_H__
 2 | #define __NUNCHUK_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #include "wiiuse_internal.h"
 5 | 
 6 | #ifdef __cplusplus
 7 | extern "C" {
 8 | #endif
 9 | 
10 | int nunchuk_handshake(struct wiimote_t* wm, struct nunchuk_t* nc, ubyte* data, uword len);
11 | void nunchuk_disconnected(struct nunchuk_t* nc);
12 | void nunchuk_event(struct nunchuk_t* nc, ubyte* msg);
13 | 
14 | #ifdef __cplusplus
15 | }
16 | #endif
17 | 
18 | #endif
19 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/wiiuse/os.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __OS_H__
 2 | #define __OS_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #ifdef WIN32
 5 | 	/* windows */
 6 | 	#define isnan(x)		_isnan(x)
 7 | 	#define isinf(x)		!_finite(x)
 8 | 
 9 | 	/* disable warnings I don't care about */
10 | 	#pragma warning(disable:4244)		/* possible loss of data conversion	*/
11 | 	#pragma warning(disable:4273)		/* inconsistent dll linkage			*/
12 | 	#pragma warning(disable:4217)
13 | #else
14 | 	/* nix/gekko */
15 | 	#ifdef GEKKO
16 | 		#include <gccore.h>
17 | 		#include <ogcsys.h>
18 | 		#include "bte.h"
19 | 		#include "network.h"
20 | 		#include "chain.h"
21 | 		#include "asm.h"
22 | 		#include "processor.h"
23 | 		#include "wkspace.h"
24 | 	#else
25 | 	#endif
26 | #endif
27 | 
28 | #endif
29 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/wiiuse/speaker.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | #ifndef __SPEAKER_H__
 2 | #define __SPEAKER_H__
 3 | 
 4 | #include "wiiuse_internal.h"
 5 | 
 6 | #ifdef __cplusplus
 7 | extern "C" {
 8 | #endif
 9 | 
10 | typedef struct _wencstatus
11 | {
12 | 	s32 predictor;
13 | 	s16 step_index;
14 | 	s32 step;
15 | 	s32 prev_sample;
16 | 	s16 sample1;
17 | 	s16 sample2;
18 | 	s32 coeff1;
19 | 	s32 coeff2;
20 | 	s32 idelta;
21 | } WENCStatus;
22 | 
23 | u8 wencdata(WENCStatus *info,s16 sample);
24 | void set_speakervol(struct wiimote_t *wm,ubyte vol);
25 | 
26 | #ifdef __cplusplus
27 | }
28 | #endif
29 | 
30 | #endif
31 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/wiiuse/wiiboard.h:
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1 | /*
 2 |  *	wiiuse
 3 |  *
 4 |  *	Written By:
 5 |  *		Michael Laforest	< para >
 6 |  *		Email: < thepara (--AT--) g m a i l [--DOT--] com >
 7 |  *
 8 |  *	Copyright 2006-2007
 9 |  *
10 |  *	This file is part of wiiuse.
11 |  *
12 |  *	This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
13 |  *	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
14 |  *	the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
15 |  *	(at your option) any later version.
16 |  *
17 |  *	This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
18 |  *	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
19 |  *	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
20 |  *	GNU General Public License for more details.
21 |  *
22 |  *	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
23 |  *	along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
24 |  *
25 |  *	$Header: /cvsroot/devkitpro/libogc/wiiuse/wiiboard.h,v 1.1 2008/05/08 09:42:14 shagkur Exp $
26 |  *
27 |  */
28 | 
29 | /**
30 |  *	@file
31 |  *	@brief Wii board expansion device.
32 |  */
33 | 
34 | #ifndef WII_BOARD_H_INCLUDED
35 | #define WII_BOARD_H_INCLUDED
36 | 
37 | #include "wiiuse_internal.h"
38 | 
39 | #ifdef __cplusplus
40 | extern "C" {
41 | #endif
42 | 
43 | int wii_board_handshake(struct wiimote_t* wm, struct wii_board_t* wb, ubyte* data, uword len);
44 | 
45 | void wii_board_disconnected(struct wii_board_t* wb);
46 | 
47 | void wii_board_event(struct wii_board_t* wb, ubyte* msg);
48 | 
49 | #ifdef __cplusplus
50 | }
51 | #endif
52 | 
53 | #endif
54 | 


--------------------------------------------------------------------------------